(#includes): Allow compilation with only Xaw.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob8af875a40ca6efae8c3b97fec5daad587e57b760
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF
6 ;; Keywords: internal
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
13 ;; any later version.
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details.
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
25 ;;; **********************************************************************
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here.
27 ;;;
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example,
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....)
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar)
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.")
38 ;;;
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el.
40 ;;;
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified.
43 ;;; **********************************************************************
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el).
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l)
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file.
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^\f]*\f" "\\1"
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max))
54 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
55 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
56 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
59 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
60 Play 5x5.
62 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
63 squares you must fill the grid.
65 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
66 \\<5x5-mode-map>
67 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
68 Move up \\[5x5-up]
69 Move down \\[5x5-down]
70 Move left \\[5x5-left]
71 Move right \\[5x5-right]
72 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
73 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
74 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
75 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
76 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
77 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
78 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
80 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
81 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
83 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
84 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
86 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
87 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
89 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
90 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
91 mutating the result." t nil)
93 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
94 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
96 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
97 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
98 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
99 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
101 ;;;***
103 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
104 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
107 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
108 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
109 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
110 extensions.
111 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
112 name" nil nil)
114 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
115 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
117 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
119 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
120 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
122 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
123 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
125 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
126 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
128 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
130 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
131 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
133 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
134 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
136 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
137 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
138 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
139 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
140 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
142 If you use imenu.el:
143 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
145 If you use find-file.el:
146 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
147 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
148 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
149 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
150 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
152 If you use ada-xref.el:
153 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
154 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
155 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
157 ;;;***
159 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
160 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
163 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
164 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
166 ;;;***
168 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window
169 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el"
171 ;;;;;; (14410 18533))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
175 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
176 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
178 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
179 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
180 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
182 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
183 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
200 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
201 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
202 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
203 name and site.
205 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
206 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
207 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
208 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
209 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
211 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
212 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
214 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
215 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
217 name and site.
218 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
219 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
221 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
224 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
225 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
226 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
227 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
228 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
229 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
231 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
232 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
234 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
235 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
237 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
238 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
240 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
241 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
243 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
244 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
246 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
247 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
248 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
249 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
251 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
253 ;;;***
255 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
256 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
257 ;;;;;; 19111))
258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
260 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
261 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
262 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
263 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
264 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
265 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
266 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
267 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
268 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
269 interpreted as `error'.")
271 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
272 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
273 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
274 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
275 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
276 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
277 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
278 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
281 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
283 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
284 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
285 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
286 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
287 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
288 will be overwritten with the new one.
289 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
290 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
291 will clear the cache." nil nil)
293 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
294 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
295 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
297 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
298 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
299 BODY... )
301 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
302 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
303 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
304 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
305 see also `ad-add-advice'.
306 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
307 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
308 before/around/after-advices will be used.
309 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
310 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
311 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
312 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
313 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
314 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
316 Semantics of the various flags:
317 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
318 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
319 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
321 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
322 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
324 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
325 advised function should be compiled.
327 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
328 during activation until somebody enables it.
330 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
331 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
332 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
333 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
335 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
336 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
337 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
338 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
339 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
340 during preloading.
342 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
344 ;;;***
346 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
347 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14367 2123))
348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
349 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
351 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
352 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
353 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
354 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
355 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
356 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
358 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
360 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
362 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
364 ;;;***
366 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
367 ;;;;;; (14393 24267))
368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
370 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
371 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
372 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
374 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
375 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
376 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
378 ;;;***
380 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
381 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
382 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
383 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14406 9222))
384 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
386 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
387 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
388 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
389 as the first thing on a line.")
391 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
392 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
394 (defvar appt-audible t "\
395 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
397 (defvar appt-visible t "\
398 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
400 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
401 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
403 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
404 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
406 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
407 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
409 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
410 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
411 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
413 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
414 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
415 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
417 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
418 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
420 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
422 ;;;***
424 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
425 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
426 ;;;;;; 43647))
427 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
429 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
430 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
432 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
434 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
435 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
436 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
437 normal variables." t nil)
439 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
441 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
442 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
443 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
444 noninteractive functions.
446 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
447 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
449 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
450 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
451 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
452 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
453 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
455 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
456 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
457 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
458 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
459 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
461 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
462 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
463 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
464 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
465 bindings.
466 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
468 ;;;***
470 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033
471 ;;;;;; 32602))
472 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
474 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
475 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
476 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
477 Letters no longer insert themselves.
478 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
479 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
481 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
482 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
483 archive.
485 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
487 ;;;***
489 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14281 34851))
490 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
492 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
493 Major mode for editing arrays.
495 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
496 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
497 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
499 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
501 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
502 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
503 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
505 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
506 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
507 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
508 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
509 The variables are:
511 Variables you assign:
512 max-row: The number of rows in the array.
513 max-column: The number of columns in the array.
514 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
515 field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
516 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
517 row numbers in the buffer.
519 Variables which are calculated:
520 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
521 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
523 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
524 take a numeric prefix argument):
526 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
527 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
528 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
529 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
531 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
532 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
533 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
534 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
536 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
537 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
538 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
539 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
541 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
542 between that of point and mark.
544 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
545 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
547 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
548 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
549 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
550 newlines inside rows)
552 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
554 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
556 ;;;***
558 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
559 ;;;;;; 393))
560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
562 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
563 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
564 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
566 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
567 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
568 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
569 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
571 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
572 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
574 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
575 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
577 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
579 Special commands:
580 \\{asm-mode-map}
581 " t nil)
583 ;;;***
585 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
586 ;;;;;; (14292 6861))
587 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
589 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
590 Obsolete.")
592 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
593 This command is obsolete." t nil)
595 ;;;***
597 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
598 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
601 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
602 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
603 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
605 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
606 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
607 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
608 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
610 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
611 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
612 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
613 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
615 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
616 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
618 ;;;***
620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
621 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
622 ;;;;;; (14398 37513))
623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
625 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
626 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
627 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
629 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
630 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
631 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
633 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
634 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
635 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
637 ;;;***
639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
640 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14405 18903))
641 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
643 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
644 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
646 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
647 instead.")
649 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
650 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
652 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
653 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
654 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
656 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
657 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
659 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
660 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
662 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
663 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
665 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
666 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
667 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
669 ;;;***
671 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263
672 ;;;;;; 35271))
673 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
684 Effects of the different modes:
685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
689 a random distance & direction.
690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
698 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
700 ;;;***
702 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
703 ;;;;;; 39413))
704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
706 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
707 Major mode for editing AWK code.
708 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
709 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
710 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
712 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
713 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
715 ;;;***
717 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
718 ;;;;;; (13607 52347))
719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
721 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
722 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
724 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
725 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
727 For example:
729 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
730 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
731 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
732 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
734 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
736 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
738 ;;;***
740 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
741 ;;;;;; (13599 8729))
742 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
744 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
745 Display battery status information in the echo area.
746 The text beeing displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
747 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
749 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
750 Display battery status information in the mode line.
751 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
752 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
753 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
754 seconds." t nil)
756 ;;;***
758 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14397
759 ;;;;;; 43573))
760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
762 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
763 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
765 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
766 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
767 version information already added. You just need to add a description
768 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
769 message.
772 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
774 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
775 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
776 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
777 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
778 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
780 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
781 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
782 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
783 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
784 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
785 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
787 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
788 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
789 BibTeX mode.
792 Special information:
794 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
796 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
797 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
798 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
799 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
800 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
801 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
802 current field.
803 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
804 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
806 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
807 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
808 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
809 bibtex-entry-format.
810 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
811 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
812 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
814 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
815 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
817 The following may be of interest as well:
819 Functions:
820 bibtex-entry
821 bibtex-kill-entry
822 bibtex-yank-pop
823 bibtex-pop-previous
824 bibtex-pop-next
825 bibtex-complete-string
826 bibtex-complete-key
827 bibtex-print-help-message
828 bibtex-generate-autokey
829 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
830 bibtex-end-of-entry
831 bibtex-reposition-window
832 bibtex-mark-entry
833 bibtex-ispell-abstract
834 bibtex-ispell-entry
835 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
836 bibtex-sort-buffer
837 bibtex-validate
838 bibtex-count
839 bibtex-fill-entry
840 bibtex-reformat
841 bibtex-convert-alien
843 Variables:
844 bibtex-field-delimiters
845 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
846 bibtex-include-OPTkey
847 bibtex-user-optional-fields
848 bibtex-entry-format
849 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
850 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
851 bibtex-entry-field-alist
852 bibtex-predefined-strings
853 bibtex-string-files
855 ---------------------------------------------------------
856 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
857 non-nil.
859 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
861 ;;;***
863 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
864 ;;;;;; 27947))
865 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
867 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
868 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
869 the default is 4.
871 What is blackbox?
873 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
874 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
875 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
876 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
877 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
878 your score.
880 Overview of play:
882 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
883 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
884 four.
886 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
887 movement keys.
889 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
890 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
892 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
893 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
895 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
896 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
897 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
898 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
899 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
900 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
902 Details:
904 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
906 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
907 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
908 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
909 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
911 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
912 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
913 denoted by the letter `R'.
915 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
916 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
917 denoted by the letter `H'.
919 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
920 example.
922 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
923 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
924 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
925 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
926 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
927 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
928 ray.
930 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
931 degree deflection it causes.
934 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
935 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
936 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
937 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
938 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
939 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
940 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
941 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
944 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
945 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
949 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
950 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
951 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
952 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
953 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
954 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
955 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
957 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
958 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
959 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
960 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
961 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
962 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
963 emerging from the box.
965 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
967 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
969 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
970 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
971 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
972 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
973 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
974 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
976 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
977 a reflection." t nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
982 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
983 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
984 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
985 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
986 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14152 30496))
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
988 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
989 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
990 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
992 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
993 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
994 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
995 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
996 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
997 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
999 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1001 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1003 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1005 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1007 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1009 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1011 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1013 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1015 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1017 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1019 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1021 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1023 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1025 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1027 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1028 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1029 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1030 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1031 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1032 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1033 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1034 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1035 recent one.
1037 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1038 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1039 yank successive words.
1041 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1042 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1043 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1044 name of the file being visited.
1046 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1047 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1048 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1050 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1051 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1052 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1053 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1054 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1055 this.
1057 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1058 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1059 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1060 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1062 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1063 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1064 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1065 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1066 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1068 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1069 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1070 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1071 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1073 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1075 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1076 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1077 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1078 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1080 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1081 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1082 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1084 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1085 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1086 name." t nil)
1088 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1089 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1090 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1091 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1092 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1093 this." t nil)
1095 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1096 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1097 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1098 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1099 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1100 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1101 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1102 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1104 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1105 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1106 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1108 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1109 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1110 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1111 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1112 \(second argument).
1114 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1115 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1116 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1117 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1118 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1120 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1121 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1122 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1123 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1125 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1126 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1127 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1128 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1129 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1130 while loading.
1132 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1133 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1134 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1135 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1136 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1137 explicitly.
1139 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1140 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1141 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1142 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1144 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1145 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1146 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1147 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1148 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1150 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1152 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1155 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1159 this.
1161 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1162 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1163 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1170 this.
1172 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1173 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1174 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1176 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1177 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1178 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1180 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1181 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1182 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1184 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1185 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1186 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1187 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1188 prompts for NEWNAME.
1189 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1190 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1191 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1193 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1194 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1195 name.
1197 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1198 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1199 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1201 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1202 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1203 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1204 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1205 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1206 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1208 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1209 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1210 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1212 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1214 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1216 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1218 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1220 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1222 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1224 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1226 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1228 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1230 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1232 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1234 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1236 ;;;***
1238 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1239 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1240 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1241 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1242 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1243 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1244 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1245 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
1246 ;;;;;; (14345 52902))
1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
1249 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1250 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1251 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1252 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1254 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1255 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1256 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1257 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1258 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1260 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1261 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1262 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1263 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1264 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1266 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1267 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1269 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1270 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1271 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1273 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1274 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1276 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1277 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1278 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1279 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1280 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1281 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1284 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1285 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1286 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1287 narrowed." t nil)
1289 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1290 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1292 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1293 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1295 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1296 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1297 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1298 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1300 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1301 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1302 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1303 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1305 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1306 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1307 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1308 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1309 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1310 to use." t nil)
1312 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1313 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1315 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1316 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1318 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1319 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1320 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1321 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1323 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1324 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1331 program is invoked according to the variable
1332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1342 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1343 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1344 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1346 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1347 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1348 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1349 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1351 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1352 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1353 Default to the URL around or before point.
1355 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1356 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1357 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1360 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1364 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1365 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1367 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1368 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1369 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1371 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1372 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1373 Default to the URL around or before point.
1375 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1376 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1377 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1379 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1380 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1382 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1383 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1384 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1385 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1387 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1388 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1389 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1390 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1391 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1393 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1394 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1395 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1396 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1399 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1400 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1401 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1406 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1407 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1408 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1411 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1412 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1413 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1414 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1415 current one.
1417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1418 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1419 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1420 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1425 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1426 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1428 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1429 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1430 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1432 ;;;***
1434 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1435 ;;;;;; 42538))
1436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1438 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1439 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1441 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1442 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1444 ;;;***
1446 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1447 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1448 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14297 56999))
1450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1452 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1453 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1454 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1456 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1457 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1458 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1459 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1461 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1462 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1463 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1464 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1466 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1468 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1469 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1471 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1472 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1473 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1474 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1475 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1477 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1478 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1479 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1480 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1482 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1483 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1484 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1486 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1487 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1488 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1489 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1490 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1491 all functions called by those functions.
1493 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1494 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1495 cons, etc.).
1497 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1498 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1499 invoked interactively." t nil)
1501 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1502 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1503 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1504 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1505 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1506 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1508 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1509 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1510 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1511 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1513 ;;;***
1515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1516 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1518 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1520 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1522 ;;;***
1524 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1525 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1526 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1528 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1529 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1530 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1531 from the cursor position." t nil)
1533 ;;;***
1535 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1536 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1537 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1538 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1539 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1540 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1541 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1542 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1543 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1544 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1545 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1546 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1547 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1548 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1549 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1550 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1551 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1552 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1554 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1555 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1556 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1558 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1559 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1560 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1561 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1562 the screen.")
1564 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1565 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1566 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1567 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1568 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1570 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1571 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1572 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1573 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1574 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1575 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1576 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1578 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1579 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1580 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1581 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1582 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1584 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1585 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1586 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1588 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1589 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1590 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1592 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1593 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1594 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1596 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1597 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1598 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1599 displayed.")
1601 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1602 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1603 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1605 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1606 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1607 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1609 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1611 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1612 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1613 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1615 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1616 calendar.")
1618 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1619 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1620 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1622 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1623 calendar.")
1625 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1626 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1627 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1629 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1630 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1631 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1632 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1633 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1635 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1636 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1637 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1638 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1639 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1640 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1641 a function is also provided for this:
1642 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1644 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1645 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1646 date is not visible in the window.
1648 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1649 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1650 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1652 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1653 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1655 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1656 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1657 date is visible in the window.
1659 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1660 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1661 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1663 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1664 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1666 For example,
1668 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1670 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1672 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1673 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1675 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1677 MONTH/DAY
1678 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1679 MONTHNAME DAY
1680 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1681 DAYNAME
1683 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1684 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1685 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1686 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1687 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1688 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1689 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1690 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1691 respectively.
1693 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1694 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1695 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1697 DAY/MONTH
1698 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1699 DAY MONTHNAME
1700 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1701 DAYNAME
1703 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1704 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1706 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1707 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1708 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1709 window but will appear in a diary window.
1711 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1712 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1714 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1715 entries (in the default American style):
1717 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1718 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1719 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1720 21: Payday
1721 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1722 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1723 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1724 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1725 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1726 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1727 &* 15 time cards due.
1729 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1730 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1731 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1732 single diary entry
1734 02/11/1989
1735 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1736 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1737 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1738 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1739 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1740 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1742 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1743 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1744 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1746 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1748 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1750 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1751 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1752 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1753 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1754 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1755 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1756 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1757 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1758 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1760 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1761 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1762 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1763 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1764 for these functions for details.
1766 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1767 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1769 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1770 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1772 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1773 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1775 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1776 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1778 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1779 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1780 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1782 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1783 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1784 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1786 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1787 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1788 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1789 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1791 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1792 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1793 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1794 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1796 DAY/MONTH
1797 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1798 DAY MONTHNAME
1799 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1800 DAYNAME
1802 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1803 characters with or without a period.")
1805 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1806 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1807 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1809 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1810 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1811 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1813 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1814 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1815 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1817 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1818 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1819 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1821 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1822 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1823 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1824 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1825 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1826 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1828 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1829 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1830 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1832 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1833 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1834 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1835 of the form
1837 #include \"filename\"
1839 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1840 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1841 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1842 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1843 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1845 For example, you could use
1847 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1848 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1849 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1851 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1852 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1853 lexicographic order.")
1855 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1856 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1857 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1859 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1860 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1861 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1862 diary display.
1864 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1865 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1866 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1867 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1868 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1869 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1870 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1872 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1873 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1874 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1875 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1876 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1877 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1878 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1879 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1881 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1882 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1883 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1884 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1885 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1886 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1888 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1889 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
1891 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
1892 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
1893 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1894 of the form
1895 #include \"filename\"
1896 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1897 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
1898 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
1899 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1900 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1902 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
1903 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
1904 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1905 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
1906 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1907 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1909 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
1910 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
1911 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
1912 are holidays.")
1914 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
1915 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
1916 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
1917 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
1918 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
1920 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1922 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
1923 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
1924 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1926 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1928 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
1929 *Oriental holidays.
1930 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1932 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1934 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
1935 *Local holidays.
1936 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1938 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1940 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
1941 *User defined holidays.
1942 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1944 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1946 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
1948 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1950 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
1952 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1954 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
1956 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1958 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
1960 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1962 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
1963 *Jewish holidays.
1964 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1966 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1968 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
1969 *Christian holidays.
1970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1972 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1974 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
1975 *Islamic holidays.
1976 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1978 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1980 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
1981 *Sun-related holidays.
1982 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1984 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1986 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
1987 The frame set up of the calendar.
1988 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
1989 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
1990 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
1991 any other value the current frame is used.")
1993 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
1994 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
1995 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
1997 ;;;***
1999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14015 5699))
2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2002 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2003 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2005 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2006 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2008 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2009 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2011 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2012 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2014 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2015 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2017 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2018 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2020 ;;;***
2022 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2023 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2024 ;;;;;; (14015 5739))
2025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2027 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2029 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2030 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2031 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2032 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2033 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2034 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2036 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2038 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2039 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2040 run first.
2042 Key bindings:
2043 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2045 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2046 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2047 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2048 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2049 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2050 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2051 message.
2053 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2055 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2056 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2057 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2059 Key bindings:
2060 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2062 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2063 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2064 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2065 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2066 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2067 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2068 message.
2070 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2072 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2073 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2074 is run first.
2076 Key bindings:
2077 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2079 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2080 Major mode for editing Java code.
2081 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2082 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2083 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2084 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2085 message.
2087 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2089 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2090 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2091 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2092 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2093 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2095 Key bindings:
2096 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2098 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2099 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2100 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2101 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2102 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2103 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2104 message.
2106 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2108 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2109 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2110 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2112 Key bindings:
2113 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2115 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2116 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2117 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2118 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2119 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2120 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2121 message.
2123 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2125 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2126 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2127 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2129 Key bindings:
2130 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2132 ;;;***
2134 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2135 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14015 5750))
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2138 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2139 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2140 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2141 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2142 for details of setting up styles.
2144 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2145 style name." t nil)
2147 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2148 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2149 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2150 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2152 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2154 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2155 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2156 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2158 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2159 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2160 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2161 offset for that syntactic element. Optional ADD says to add SYMBOL to
2162 `c-offsets-alist' if it doesn't already appear there." t nil)
2164 ;;;***
2166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14015 5758))
2167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2169 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2170 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2171 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2172 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2173 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2175 XEmacs 19: (8-bit)
2176 XEmacs 20: (8-bit)
2177 Emacs 19: (1-bit)
2179 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2180 `infodock'.")
2182 ;;;***
2184 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2185 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2186 ;;;;;; (14236 19568))
2187 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2189 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2190 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2192 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2193 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2195 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2196 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2198 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2199 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2200 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2201 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2202 execution.
2204 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2206 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2207 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2208 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2209 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2211 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2212 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2213 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2214 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2215 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2216 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2218 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2219 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2220 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2222 ;;;***
2224 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2225 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2226 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2227 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2228 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2229 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2230 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2231 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2232 ;;;;;; (14301 26365))
2233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2235 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2236 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2237 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2238 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2240 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2241 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2242 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2243 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2244 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2245 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2246 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2247 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2249 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2250 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2251 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2252 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2253 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2254 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2255 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2256 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2258 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2259 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2260 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2261 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2262 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2264 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2265 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2266 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2267 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2268 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2270 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2271 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2272 Only documentation strings are checked.
2273 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2274 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2275 a separate buffer." t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2278 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2279 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2280 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2281 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2283 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2284 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2285 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2286 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2287 if there is one.
2288 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2290 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2291 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2292 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2294 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2295 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2296 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2297 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2298 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2300 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2301 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2302 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2303 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2304 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2305 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2307 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2308 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2309 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2310 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2312 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2313 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2314 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2315 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2317 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2318 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2319 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2320 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2322 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2323 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2324 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2325 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2327 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2328 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2329 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2330 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2332 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2333 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2334 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2335 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2337 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2338 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2339 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2340 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2342 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2343 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2344 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2345 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2347 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2348 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2349 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2350 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2352 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2353 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2354 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2356 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2357 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2358 checking of documentation strings.
2360 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2362 ;;;***
2364 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2365 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2366 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2367 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2368 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2370 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2371 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2374 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2376 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2377 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2380 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2381 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2383 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2384 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2386 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2387 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2388 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2390 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2391 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2393 ;;;***
2395 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2396 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33907))
2397 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2399 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2400 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2401 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2402 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2403 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2404 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2406 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2407 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2408 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2409 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2410 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2412 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2414 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\
2415 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
2416 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2417 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2418 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2420 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2421 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2422 \\{command-history-map}
2423 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
2424 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
2426 ;;;***
2428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14160 15550))
2429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2431 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2432 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2433 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2434 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2435 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2436 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2438 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2439 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2441 ;;;***
2443 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2444 ;;;;;; (14344 26578))
2445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2447 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2449 ;;;***
2451 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2452 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2455 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2456 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2457 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2458 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2460 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2461 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2462 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2464 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2465 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2467 ;;;***
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569
2470 ;;;;;; 34340))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2473 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2474 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2475 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2476 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2477 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2478 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2479 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2480 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2482 ;;;***
2484 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2485 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2486 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2487 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2489 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2490 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2491 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2492 ASCII table.
2494 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2495 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2496 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2497 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2499 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2500 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2501 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2503 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2504 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2505 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2507 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2508 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2509 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2511 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2512 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2514 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2515 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2516 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2518 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2519 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2521 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2522 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2524 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2525 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2526 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2528 ;;;***
2530 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2531 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2532 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14410 18534))
2533 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2535 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2536 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2537 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2538 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2539 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2540 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2541 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2542 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2544 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2546 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2547 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2548 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2549 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2550 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2551 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2553 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2554 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2555 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2557 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2559 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2560 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2561 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2563 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2565 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2566 Send COMMAND to current process.
2567 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2568 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." t nil)
2570 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2571 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2572 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2573 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." t nil)
2575 ;;;***
2577 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2578 ;;;;;; 18289))
2579 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2581 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2582 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2583 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2584 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2586 This command pushes the mark in each window
2587 at the prior location of point in that window.
2588 If both windows display the same buffer,
2589 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2590 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2592 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2593 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2594 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2596 ;;;***
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2599 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2600 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2601 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14388 8360))
2602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2604 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2605 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2607 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2608 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2610 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2611 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2612 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2613 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2614 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2616 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2617 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2618 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2619 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2620 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2622 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2623 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2624 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2625 describing how the process finished.")
2627 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2628 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2629 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2630 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2632 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2633 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2634 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2636 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2637 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2638 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2639 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2641 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2642 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2643 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2644 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2646 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2647 and move to the source code that caused it.
2649 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2650 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2652 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2653 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2654 Then start the next one.
2656 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2657 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2658 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2660 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2661 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2662 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2663 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2664 where grep found matches.
2666 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2667 easily repeat a grep command.
2669 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2670 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2671 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2672 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2674 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2675 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2676 Collect output in a buffer.
2677 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2678 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2680 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2681 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2683 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2684 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2685 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2686 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2687 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2689 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2691 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2692 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2693 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2694 See `compilation-mode'.
2695 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2697 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2698 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2699 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2700 See `compilation-mode'.
2701 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2703 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2704 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2706 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2707 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2709 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2710 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2711 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2712 and start at the first error.
2714 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2715 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2716 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2717 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2718 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2719 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2721 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2722 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2723 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2725 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2726 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2727 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2729 ;;;***
2731 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2732 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2733 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2735 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2736 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2737 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2739 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2740 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2741 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2742 as much as possible.
2744 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2745 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2746 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2747 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2749 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2750 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2751 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2752 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2754 ;;;***
2756 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2757 ;;;;;; (13884 8101))
2758 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2760 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2761 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2763 ;;;***
2765 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
2766 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
2769 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
2770 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
2771 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
2773 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
2774 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
2775 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
2777 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
2778 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
2779 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
2780 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
2782 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
2783 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
2785 ;;;***
2787 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
2788 ;;;;;; (13940 33533))
2789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
2791 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
2792 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
2793 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
2794 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
2795 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
2796 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
2798 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
2799 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
2801 ;;;***
2803 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
2804 ;;;;;; (14410 18641))
2805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
2807 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
2808 Major mode for editing Perl code.
2809 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
2810 Tab indents for Perl code.
2811 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
2812 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
2814 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
2815 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
2816 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
2817 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
2818 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
2819 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
2820 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
2821 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
2822 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
2823 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
2824 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
2825 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
2827 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
2829 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
2830 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
2832 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
2834 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
2835 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
2836 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
2837 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
2838 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
2839 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
2840 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
2841 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
2842 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
2844 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
2846 bite if angry;
2848 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
2849 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
2850 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
2851 to nil.)
2853 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
2854 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
2855 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
2857 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
2859 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
2860 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
2861 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
2862 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
2863 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
2865 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
2867 if (A) { B }
2869 into
2871 B if A;
2873 \\{cperl-mode-map}
2875 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
2876 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
2877 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
2878 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
2879 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
2880 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
2881 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
2882 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
2883 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
2884 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
2885 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
2886 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
2887 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
2889 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
2890 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
2891 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
2892 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
2893 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
2894 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
2896 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
2897 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
2898 man via menu.
2900 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
2901 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
2902 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
2903 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
2904 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
2906 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
2907 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
2908 span the needed amount of lines.
2910 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
2911 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
2912 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
2913 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
2915 Variables controlling indentation style:
2916 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
2917 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
2918 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
2919 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
2920 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
2921 `cperl-auto-newline'
2922 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
2923 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
2924 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
2925 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
2926 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
2927 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
2928 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
2929 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
2930 `cperl-indent-level'
2931 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
2932 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
2933 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
2934 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
2935 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
2936 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
2937 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
2938 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
2939 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
2940 `cperl-brace-offset'
2941 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
2942 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
2943 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
2944 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
2945 `cperl-label-offset'
2946 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
2947 `cperl-min-label-indent'
2948 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
2950 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
2951 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
2952 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
2953 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
2954 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
2956 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
2957 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
2958 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
2959 \(both available from menu).
2961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
2962 column 0 is indented on
2963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
2965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
2966 with no args.
2968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
2969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
2970 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
2972 ;;;***
2974 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
2975 ;;;;;; (13826 9909))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
2978 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
2979 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
2980 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
2981 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
2982 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
2984 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
2985 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
2987 ;;;***
2989 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
2990 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
2991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
2993 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
2994 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
2995 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
2996 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
2998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
2999 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3001 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3003 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3005 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3006 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3007 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3009 ;;;***
3011 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3012 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3013 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3014 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3015 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3016 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3017 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3018 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3019 ;;;;;; (14410 18534))
3020 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3021 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3023 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3024 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3026 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3027 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3029 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3030 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3032 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3034 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3035 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3037 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3038 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3040 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3041 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3043 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3044 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3046 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3047 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3049 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3051 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3052 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3053 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3054 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3056 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3057 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3059 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3060 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3062 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3063 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3065 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3067 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3068 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3069 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3070 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3071 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3073 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3074 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3076 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3077 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3079 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3081 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3082 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3084 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3085 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3086 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3087 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3088 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3090 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3091 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3092 version." t nil)
3094 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3096 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3097 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3098 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3100 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3101 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3102 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3104 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3105 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
3107 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3108 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3110 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3111 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3113 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3114 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3115 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3116 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3117 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3118 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3119 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3121 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3122 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3123 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3125 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3126 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3128 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3129 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3131 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3132 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3133 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3134 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3135 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3136 that option." nil nil)
3138 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3139 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3140 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3141 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3142 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3143 that option." nil nil)
3145 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3146 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3148 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3149 File used for storing customization information.
3150 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3151 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3152 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.")
3154 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3155 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3157 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3158 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3160 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3161 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3162 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3164 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3165 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3166 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3167 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3168 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3170 ;;;***
3172 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3173 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14398 37486))
3174 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3176 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3177 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3179 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3180 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3181 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3183 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3185 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3186 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3187 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3189 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3191 ;;;***
3193 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3194 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3195 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3196 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3197 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3199 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3200 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3202 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3203 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3205 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3206 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3208 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3209 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3211 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3212 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3214 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3215 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3216 For readability, the table is slightly
3217 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3219 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3220 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3221 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3222 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3223 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3225 ;;;***
3227 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3228 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3231 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3233 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3235 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3236 Completion on current word.
3237 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3238 and presents suggestions for completion.
3240 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3241 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3242 completions.
3244 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3245 then it searches *all* buffers.
3247 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3248 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3250 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3251 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3253 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3254 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3255 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3256 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3257 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3259 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3260 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3262 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3263 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3264 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3266 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3267 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3269 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3271 ;;;***
3273 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3274 ;;;;;; 39004))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3277 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3278 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3280 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3281 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3282 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3284 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3285 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3286 Data lines are not indented.
3288 Key bindings:
3290 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3291 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3293 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3294 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3295 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3296 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3298 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3300 dcl-basic-offset
3301 Extra indentation within blocks.
3303 dcl-continuation-offset
3304 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3306 dcl-margin-offset
3307 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3309 dcl-margin-label-offset
3310 Indentation for a label.
3312 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3313 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3315 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3316 dcl-block-end-regexp
3317 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3318 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3319 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3320 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3321 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3323 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3324 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3325 Two such functions are included in the package:
3326 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3327 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3329 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3330 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3331 One such function is included in the package:
3332 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3334 dcl-tab-always-indent
3335 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3336 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3337 margin.
3339 dcl-electric-characters
3340 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3341 typed.
3343 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3344 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3345 which words trigger electric indentation.
3347 dcl-tempo-comma
3348 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3349 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3350 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3352 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3353 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3354 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3355 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3357 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3358 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3359 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3360 dcl-imenu-label-call
3361 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3363 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3364 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3365 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3366 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3369 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3371 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3372 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3373 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3374 $ i = 1
3375 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3376 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3377 $ label:
3378 $ if i.eq.1
3379 $ then
3380 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3381 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3382 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3383 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3384 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3385 \"lined up with the command line\"
3386 $ type sys$input
3387 Data lines are not indented at all.
3388 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3389 $ endif
3391 " t nil)
3393 ;;;***
3395 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3396 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14385 24854))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3399 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3401 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3402 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3403 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3404 of the evaluator.
3406 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3407 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3408 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3410 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3411 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3412 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3413 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3414 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3415 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3416 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3418 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3419 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3420 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3422 ;;;***
3424 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3425 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3426 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3428 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3429 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3431 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3432 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3433 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3434 Upper-case letters are commands.
3436 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3437 modify it.
3439 The most useful commands are:
3440 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3441 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3442 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3443 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3444 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3445 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3447 ;;;***
3449 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3450 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3453 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3454 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3456 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3458 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3459 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3461 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3463 ;;;***
3465 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266
3466 ;;;;;; 16343))
3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3469 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3470 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3471 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3472 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3473 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3474 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3476 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3478 Customization:
3480 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3481 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3482 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3483 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3484 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3485 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3486 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3487 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3488 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3489 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3490 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3491 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3492 blank line.
3493 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3494 Directories to search when finding external units.
3495 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3496 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3498 Coloring:
3500 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3501 Face used to color delphi comments.
3502 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3503 Face used to color delphi strings.
3504 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3505 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3506 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3507 Face used to color everything else.
3509 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3510 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3512 ;;;***
3514 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3515 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3516 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3518 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3520 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3521 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3522 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3523 positive.
3525 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3526 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3527 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3528 any selection." t nil)
3530 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3531 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3532 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3534 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3536 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3538 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3540 ;;;***
3542 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
3543 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534))
3544 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3546 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
3547 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
3549 The arguments to this command are as follow:
3551 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
3552 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
3553 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
3554 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
3555 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
3556 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
3557 hooks for the new mode.
3559 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
3561 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
3563 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
3564 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
3565 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
3567 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
3568 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
3570 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
3571 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
3572 (setq case-fold-search nil))
3574 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
3575 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
3577 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3578 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3579 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3580 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3581 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3583 ;;;***
3585 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3586 ;;;;;; (13897 58892))
3587 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3589 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3590 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3591 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3593 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3594 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3595 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3596 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3598 ;;;***
3600 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3601 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3602 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3603 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3604 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3605 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3606 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3607 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (13941 59162))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3610 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3611 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3613 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3614 Convert IS 13194 characters to Devanagari basic characters." nil nil)
3616 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3617 Convert Devanagari basic characters to IS 13194 characters." nil nil)
3619 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3620 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters." t nil)
3622 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3623 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters." t nil)
3625 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3626 Convert Indian String to Devanagari Basic Character String." nil nil)
3628 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3629 Convert Devanagari characters in the string to Devanagari glyphs.
3630 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3632 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3633 Decompose Devanagari glyph string STR to basic Devanagari character string." nil nil)
3635 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3637 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3639 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3641 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3642 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3644 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3646 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3647 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3649 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3651 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3653 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3655 ;;;***
3657 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
3658 ;;;;;; (14368 20344))
3659 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
3661 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
3662 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
3663 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
3664 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
3665 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
3667 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
3668 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
3669 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
3671 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
3672 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
3673 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
3674 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
3676 #!/bin/sh
3677 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
3678 emacs -batch \\
3679 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
3680 european-calendar-style t \\
3681 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
3682 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
3683 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
3685 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
3686 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
3687 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
3688 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
3690 ;;;***
3692 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
3693 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
3696 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
3697 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
3699 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
3700 *The command to use to run diff.")
3702 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
3703 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
3704 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
3705 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
3706 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
3708 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
3709 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
3710 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
3711 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
3712 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
3714 ;;;***
3716 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" (14341 1829))
3717 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
3719 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
3720 Major mode for viewing context diffs.
3721 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
3722 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
3723 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
3724 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
3726 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.\\(diffs?\\|patch\\|rej\\)\\'" . diff-mode)))
3728 ;;;***
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
3731 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
3732 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
3733 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
3734 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14349 51117))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
3737 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
3738 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
3739 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
3740 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
3741 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
3743 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
3744 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
3746 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
3747 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
3748 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
3749 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
3750 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
3752 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
3753 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
3755 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
3756 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
3757 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
3758 always set this variable to t.")
3760 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
3761 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
3762 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
3763 A value of t means move to first file.")
3765 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
3766 *Controls marking of renamed files.
3767 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
3768 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
3769 are afterward marked with that character.")
3771 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
3772 *Controls marking of copied files.
3773 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
3774 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3776 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
3777 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
3778 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
3779 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3781 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
3782 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
3783 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
3784 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
3786 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
3787 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
3788 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
3789 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
3791 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
3793 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
3794 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
3795 \(This works on only some systems.)")
3796 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
3798 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
3799 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
3800 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
3801 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
3802 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
3803 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
3804 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
3805 list of files to make directory entries for.
3806 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
3807 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
3808 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
3809 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
3811 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
3812 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
3814 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
3815 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
3816 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
3818 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
3819 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
3821 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
3822 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
3824 ;;;***
3826 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
3827 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
3828 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
3829 ;;;;;; dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp
3830 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink-regexp dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp
3831 ;;;;;; dired-do-rename dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy
3832 ;;;;;; dired-create-directory dired-rename-file dired-copy-file
3833 ;;;;;; dired-relist-file dired-remove-file dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay
3834 ;;;;;; dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile dired-do-compress dired-compress-file
3835 ;;;;;; dired-do-kill-lines dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print
3836 ;;;;;; dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff
3837 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (14305 17690))
3838 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
3840 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
3841 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
3842 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
3843 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
3844 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
3845 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
3847 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
3848 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
3849 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
3850 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
3851 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
3852 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
3854 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
3855 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
3856 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
3858 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
3859 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3861 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
3862 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3864 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
3865 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
3866 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
3867 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
3869 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
3870 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
3871 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
3872 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
3873 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
3875 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
3877 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
3878 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
3879 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
3881 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
3882 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
3883 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
3885 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
3886 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
3888 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
3889 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
3891 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
3892 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
3893 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
3894 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
3895 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
3896 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
3898 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3900 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
3901 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
3903 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
3904 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
3906 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
3907 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
3909 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
3910 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
3911 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
3912 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
3914 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3916 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3918 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3920 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3922 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
3924 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
3925 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
3927 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
3928 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
3929 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
3930 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3931 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
3932 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
3933 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3935 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
3936 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3937 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3938 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
3939 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
3940 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3942 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
3943 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3944 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
3945 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
3946 and new hard links are made in that directory
3947 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
3949 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
3950 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
3951 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
3952 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
3954 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3955 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3956 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
3957 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
3958 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
3959 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
3961 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
3962 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
3964 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3965 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3966 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3968 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3969 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3970 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3972 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
3973 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
3974 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
3976 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
3977 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
3979 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
3980 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
3982 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3983 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
3984 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
3985 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
3986 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
3987 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
3988 this subdirectory.
3989 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
3991 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3992 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
3993 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
3995 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
3996 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
3997 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
3998 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4001 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4002 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4003 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4005 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4006 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4007 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4009 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4010 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4012 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4013 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4015 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4016 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4017 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4018 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4020 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4021 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4022 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4023 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4025 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4026 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4027 Stops when a match is found.
4028 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4030 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4031 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4032 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4033 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4034 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4036 ;;;***
4038 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14365 46142))
4039 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4041 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4042 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4043 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4044 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4045 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4046 buffer and try again." t nil)
4048 ;;;***
4050 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4053 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4054 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4055 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4057 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4059 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4060 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4062 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4063 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4064 " nil nil)
4066 ;;;***
4068 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4069 ;;;;;; 9615))
4070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4072 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4073 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4074 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4075 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4076 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4077 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4079 ;;;***
4081 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4082 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4083 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4084 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4085 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4086 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4088 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4089 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4091 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4092 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4093 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4094 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4095 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4097 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4098 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4099 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4100 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4101 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4103 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4104 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4106 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4107 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4109 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4110 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4112 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4113 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4115 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4116 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4118 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4119 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4120 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4121 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4123 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4124 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4125 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4126 X frame." nil nil)
4128 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4129 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4131 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4133 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4134 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4136 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4137 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4138 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4139 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4141 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4142 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4143 European character display.
4145 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4146 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4147 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4148 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4150 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4151 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4152 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4153 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4154 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4156 ;;;***
4158 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4159 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4160 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4162 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4163 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4164 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4165 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4166 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4167 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4168 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4169 Default is 2." t nil)
4171 ;;;***
4173 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4174 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4176 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4177 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4179 ;;;***
4181 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4182 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4183 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4185 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4186 Toggle Double mode.
4187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4188 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4190 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4192 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4194 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4195 Toggle Double mode.
4196 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4198 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4199 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4201 ;;;***
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565))
4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4206 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4207 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4209 ;;;***
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4212 ;;;;;; (14030 49072))
4213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4215 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4216 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4218 ;;;***
4220 ;;;### (autoloads (define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4221 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4224 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4226 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4227 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4228 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4229 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4231 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4232 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4233 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4234 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4235 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4236 in order to build a valid keymap.
4237 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4238 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4240 ;;;***
4242 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4243 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385
4244 ;;;;;; 24854))
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4247 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4248 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4249 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4250 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4252 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4253 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4255 :filter FUNCTION
4257 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4258 menu displayed.
4260 :visible INCLUDE
4262 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4263 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4265 :active ENABLE
4267 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4268 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4270 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4272 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4274 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4276 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4277 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4279 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4280 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4282 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4284 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4286 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4288 :keys KEYS
4290 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4291 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4292 computed automatically.
4293 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4295 :key-sequence KEYS
4297 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4298 menu item.
4299 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4300 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4301 keyboard equivalent.
4303 :active ENABLE
4305 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4306 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4308 :included INCLUDE
4310 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4311 expression has a non-nil value.
4313 :suffix NAME
4315 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4317 :style STYLE
4319 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4320 defined:
4322 toggle: A checkbox.
4323 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4324 radio: A radio button.
4325 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4326 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4327 menu bar itself.
4328 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4330 :selected SELECTED
4332 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4333 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4335 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4336 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4337 as a solid horizontal line.
4339 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4341 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4343 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4344 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4345 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4346 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4348 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4349 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4350 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4351 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4352 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4353 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4355 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4356 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4357 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4359 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4360 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4362 ;;;***
4364 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4365 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4366 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4368 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4369 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4370 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4371 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4373 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4374 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4375 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4377 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4378 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4379 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4381 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4383 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4385 ;;;***
4387 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4388 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28455))
4389 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4391 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4392 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4393 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4395 ;;;***
4397 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4398 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14402 39662))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4401 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4402 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4403 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4404 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4405 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4407 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4408 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4409 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4410 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4412 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4413 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4414 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4415 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4417 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4418 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4419 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4420 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4422 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4424 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4425 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4426 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4427 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4428 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4430 ;;;***
4432 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4433 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4434 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4435 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4436 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4437 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4438 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4439 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4440 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4441 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14398 37488))
4442 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4444 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4445 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4447 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4448 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4450 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4452 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4454 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4455 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4457 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4459 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4460 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4462 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4464 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4465 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4466 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4467 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4469 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4471 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4472 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4473 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4474 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4476 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4478 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4479 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4480 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4481 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4483 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4485 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4486 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4487 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4488 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4490 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4492 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4493 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4494 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4495 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4496 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4497 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4499 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4500 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
4501 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4502 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4504 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
4506 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4507 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
4508 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4509 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4511 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
4513 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
4515 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4516 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
4517 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4518 follows:
4519 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4520 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4522 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
4523 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
4524 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4525 follows:
4526 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4527 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4529 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4530 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4531 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4532 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
4533 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
4535 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
4536 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4537 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4538 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
4539 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
4540 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
4542 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
4544 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
4545 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
4547 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4548 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
4550 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
4552 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
4553 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
4555 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4556 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
4558 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
4559 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
4560 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4561 buffer." t nil)
4563 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4564 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
4565 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4566 buffer." t nil)
4568 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
4569 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
4570 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
4571 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
4573 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
4574 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
4575 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
4576 and don't ask the user.
4577 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
4578 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
4580 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
4581 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
4583 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
4585 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
4587 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
4588 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
4589 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
4590 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
4592 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
4594 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
4595 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
4596 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
4598 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
4599 Display Ediff's manual.
4600 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
4602 ;;;***
4604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
4605 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
4607 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
4609 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
4611 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
4613 ;;;***
4615 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
4616 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
4617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
4619 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
4620 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
4622 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
4624 ;;;***
4626 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
4627 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
4628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
4630 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
4631 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
4632 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
4633 which see." t nil)
4635 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
4636 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
4637 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
4638 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
4640 ;;;***
4642 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
4643 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
4644 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
4645 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
4646 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
4648 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
4649 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
4650 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
4652 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4653 Edit a keyboard macro.
4654 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
4655 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
4656 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
4657 its command name.
4658 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
4660 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4661 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
4663 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4664 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
4666 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4667 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
4668 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
4669 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
4670 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
4671 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
4673 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
4674 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
4675 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
4676 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
4678 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
4679 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
4680 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
4681 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
4682 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
4683 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
4685 ;;;***
4687 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
4688 ;;;;;; 33724))
4689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
4691 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
4692 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
4694 ;;;***
4696 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
4697 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
4698 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
4700 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
4701 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
4702 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
4703 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
4704 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
4705 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
4706 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
4707 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
4709 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
4710 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
4712 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
4713 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
4714 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
4715 this value is non-nil.
4717 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
4718 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
4719 things.
4721 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
4722 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
4723 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
4725 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
4727 ;;;***
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
4730 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
4733 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
4734 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
4736 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
4737 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
4738 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
4739 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
4740 from the documentation string if possible.
4742 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
4743 instead.
4745 This variable is buffer-local.")
4747 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
4748 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
4749 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
4751 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
4752 of the mode.
4753 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
4754 the mode, respectively." t nil)
4756 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
4757 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
4759 ;;;***
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
4762 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
4763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
4765 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
4766 Initialize elint." t nil)
4768 ;;;***
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
4771 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
4772 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
4775 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
4776 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
4777 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
4779 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
4780 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
4781 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
4783 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
4784 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
4785 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
4787 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
4788 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
4789 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
4791 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
4793 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
4794 Display current profiling results.
4795 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
4796 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
4797 displayed." t nil)
4799 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
4800 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
4802 ;;;***
4804 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
4805 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
4806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
4808 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
4809 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
4810 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
4812 ;;;***
4814 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
4815 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
4816 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
4817 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
4818 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
4819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
4821 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
4823 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
4825 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
4827 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
4829 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
4831 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
4833 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
4835 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
4837 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
4839 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
4840 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
4842 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4843 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
4845 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
4846 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
4848 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4849 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
4851 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4853 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4855 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4857 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
4859 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
4860 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
4862 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
4863 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
4865 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
4867 ;;;***
4869 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
4870 ;;;;;; (14232 6060))
4871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
4873 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
4874 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
4875 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4877 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
4878 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
4879 automatically.
4881 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
4882 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
4883 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
4885 ;;;***
4887 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
4888 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403))
4889 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
4891 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
4892 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
4893 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
4894 text/enriched format.
4895 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
4897 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
4898 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
4900 Commands:
4902 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
4904 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
4906 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
4908 ;;;***
4910 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
4911 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
4913 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
4914 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
4915 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
4916 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
4918 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
4919 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
4920 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
4922 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
4924 ;;;***
4926 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
4927 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
4928 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
4929 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
4930 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
4931 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 45647))
4932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
4934 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
4935 *File name of tags table.
4936 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
4937 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
4938 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
4939 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
4941 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
4942 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
4943 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
4944 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
4945 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
4946 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
4948 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
4949 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
4950 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
4951 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
4952 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
4954 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
4955 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
4956 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
4957 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
4959 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
4960 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
4961 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
4962 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
4963 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
4965 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
4966 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
4967 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
4968 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
4970 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
4971 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
4972 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
4973 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
4974 file the tag was in." t nil)
4976 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
4977 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
4978 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
4979 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
4980 without directory names." nil nil)
4982 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
4983 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
4984 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
4985 but does not select the buffer.
4986 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
4988 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
4989 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
4990 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
4991 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
4992 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
4994 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
4996 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
4997 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
4998 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5000 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5002 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5003 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5004 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5005 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5007 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5008 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5009 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5010 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5011 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5013 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5015 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5016 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5017 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5019 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5020 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5022 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5023 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5024 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5025 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5026 around or before point.
5028 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5029 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5030 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5031 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5032 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5034 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5036 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5037 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5038 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5040 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5041 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5043 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5044 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5045 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5046 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5047 around or before point.
5049 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5050 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5051 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5052 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5053 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5055 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5057 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5058 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5059 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5061 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5062 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5064 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5065 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5066 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5068 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5069 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5070 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5071 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5072 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5074 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5076 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5077 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5078 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5080 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5081 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5082 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5084 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5085 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5087 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5088 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5089 where they were found." t nil)
5091 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5092 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5094 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5095 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5096 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5098 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5099 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5101 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5102 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5104 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5105 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5106 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5107 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5109 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5110 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5111 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5112 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5113 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5114 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5116 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5117 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5118 Stops when a match is found.
5119 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5121 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5123 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5124 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5125 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5126 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5127 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5129 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5131 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5132 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5133 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5134 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5135 directory specification." t nil)
5137 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5138 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5140 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5141 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5142 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5143 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5145 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5146 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5147 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5148 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5149 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5151 ;;;***
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5154 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5155 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5156 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5157 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5158 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5159 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5160 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5161 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5164 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5165 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5167 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5169 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5170 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5171 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5172 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5174 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5175 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5176 language.
5178 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5179 even if the buffer is read-only.
5181 See also the descriptions of the variables
5182 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5183 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5185 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5186 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5188 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5189 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5191 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5192 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5193 language.
5195 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5196 buffer is read-only.
5198 See also the descriptions of the variables
5199 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5200 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5202 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5203 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5204 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5206 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5207 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5209 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5210 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5212 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5213 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5215 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5216 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5217 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5218 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5220 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5221 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5222 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5223 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5225 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5226 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5227 the primary language.
5229 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5230 buffer is read-only.
5232 See also the descriptions of the variables
5233 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5234 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5236 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5237 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5238 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5239 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5241 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5242 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5243 primary language.
5245 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5246 buffer is read-only.
5248 See also the descriptions of the variables
5249 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5250 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5252 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5253 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5254 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5256 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5257 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5259 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5260 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5261 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5262 3) convert the body into SERA.
5264 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5266 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5267 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5268 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5270 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5271 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5273 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5274 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5276 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5277 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5278 be 1, 2, or 3.
5280 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5281 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5282 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5284 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5286 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5287 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5289 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5290 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5291 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5293 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5294 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5296 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5297 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5299 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5300 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5302 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5303 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5305 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5306 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5308 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5309 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5311 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5312 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5314 ;;;***
5316 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5317 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
5318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5320 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5321 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5322 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5323 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5324 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5325 executable." t nil)
5327 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5328 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5329 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5331 ;;;***
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5334 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14001 49633))
5335 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5337 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5338 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5339 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5340 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5342 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5344 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5345 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5346 to generate such functions.
5348 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5349 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5350 beginning of the expanded text.
5352 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5353 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5354 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5355 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5357 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5359 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5360 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5361 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5363 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5364 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5365 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5366 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5367 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5369 ;;;***
5371 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14398 36512))
5372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5374 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5375 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5377 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5378 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5379 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5381 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5383 Key definitions:
5384 \\{f90-mode-map}
5386 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5388 f90-do-indent
5389 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
5390 f90-if-indent
5391 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
5392 f90-type-indent
5393 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
5394 f90-program-indent
5395 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
5396 (default 2)
5397 f90-continuation-indent
5398 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
5399 f90-comment-region
5400 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
5401 region. (default \"!!!$\")
5402 f90-indented-comment-re
5403 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
5404 (default \"!\")
5405 f90-directive-comment-re
5406 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
5407 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
5408 f90-break-delimiters
5409 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
5410 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
5411 f90-break-before-delimiters
5412 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
5413 (default t)
5414 f90-beginning-ampersand
5415 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
5416 f90-smart-end
5417 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
5418 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
5419 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
5420 f90-auto-keyword-case
5421 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
5422 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
5423 f90-leave-line-no
5424 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
5425 f90-startup-message
5426 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
5427 f90-keywords-re
5428 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
5430 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
5431 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
5433 ;;;***
5435 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
5436 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
5437 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
5438 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
5439 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14263 35411))
5440 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
5441 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
5442 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
5444 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
5445 Menu keymap for faces.")
5447 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
5449 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
5450 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
5452 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
5454 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
5455 Menu keymap for background colors")
5457 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
5459 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
5460 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
5462 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
5464 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
5465 Submenu for text justification commands.")
5467 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
5469 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
5470 Submenu for indentation commands.")
5472 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
5474 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
5475 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
5477 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
5479 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------")))
5481 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
5483 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
5485 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
5486 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
5487 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
5488 will not show through at all will be removed.
5490 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
5492 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
5493 this command sets the region to the requested face.
5495 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
5496 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
5497 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
5499 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
5500 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
5501 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
5502 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
5503 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
5504 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
5505 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
5506 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
5508 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
5509 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
5510 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
5511 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
5512 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
5513 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
5514 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
5515 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
5517 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
5518 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
5519 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
5520 is the menu item's name.
5522 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
5523 this command sets the region to the requested face.
5525 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
5526 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
5527 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
5529 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
5530 Make the region invisible.
5531 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
5532 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5534 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
5535 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
5536 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
5537 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5539 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
5540 Make the region unmodifiable.
5541 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
5542 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
5544 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
5545 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
5547 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
5548 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
5550 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
5551 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
5552 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
5554 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
5555 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
5557 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
5558 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
5560 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
5561 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
5562 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
5563 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
5564 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
5566 ;;;***
5568 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
5569 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14263 35417))
5570 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
5572 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
5573 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
5574 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
5575 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
5577 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
5579 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
5580 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
5581 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
5583 Font Lock caches may be saved:
5584 - When you save the file's buffer.
5585 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
5586 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
5587 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
5588 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
5590 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
5592 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
5593 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
5594 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
5595 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
5597 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
5598 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
5600 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
5602 ;;;***
5604 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
5605 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
5606 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (13855 27094))
5607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
5609 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
5610 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
5612 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
5613 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
5614 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
5615 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
5617 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
5618 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
5619 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
5620 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
5621 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
5623 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
5624 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
5625 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
5626 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
5627 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
5628 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
5629 internally by feedmail):
5631 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
5632 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
5633 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
5634 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
5636 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
5637 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
5638 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
5639 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
5640 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
5642 ;;;***
5644 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu ffap find-file-at-point
5645 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14021 43058))
5646 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
5648 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
5649 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
5650 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
5651 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
5652 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
5653 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
5654 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
5656 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
5657 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
5658 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
5659 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
5660 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
5661 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
5662 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
5664 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
5666 (autoload (quote ffap) "ffap" "\
5667 A short alias for the find-file-at-point command." nil nil)
5669 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
5670 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
5671 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
5672 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
5673 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
5674 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
5676 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
5677 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
5678 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
5679 Return value:
5680 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
5681 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
5682 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
5684 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
5685 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
5687 ;;;***
5689 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
5690 ;;;;;; (14332 47759))
5691 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
5693 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
5694 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
5695 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
5696 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
5697 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
5698 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
5699 \(directories) is done." t nil)
5700 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5701 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5702 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
5704 ;;;***
5706 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
5707 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
5708 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
5710 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
5711 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
5712 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
5713 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
5714 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
5716 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
5717 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
5718 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
5719 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
5721 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
5722 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
5723 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5725 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
5727 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
5728 as the final argument." t nil)
5730 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
5731 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
5732 and run dired on those files.
5733 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
5734 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5736 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
5738 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
5739 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
5740 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
5742 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
5744 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
5746 ;;;***
5748 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
5749 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
5750 ;;;;;; (13937 22881))
5751 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
5753 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
5754 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
5755 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
5757 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
5760 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
5761 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
5763 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
5764 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
5766 Variables of interest include:
5768 - ff-case-fold-search
5769 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
5770 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
5772 - ff-always-in-other-window
5773 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
5774 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
5776 - ff-ignore-include
5777 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
5779 - ff-always-try-to-create
5780 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
5782 - ff-quiet-mode
5783 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
5785 - ff-special-constructs
5786 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
5787 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
5788 extracting the filename from that construct.
5790 - ff-other-file-alist
5791 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
5793 - ff-search-directories
5794 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
5795 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
5797 - ff-pre-find-hooks
5798 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
5800 - ff-pre-load-hooks
5801 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
5803 - ff-post-load-hooks
5804 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
5806 - ff-not-found-hooks
5807 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
5809 - ff-file-created-hooks
5810 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
5812 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
5813 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
5815 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
5816 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
5818 ;;;***
5820 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
5821 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
5822 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
5823 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
5824 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
5825 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
5826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
5828 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
5829 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
5831 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
5832 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
5833 not selected.
5835 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
5836 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
5837 in `load-path'." nil nil)
5839 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
5840 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
5842 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
5843 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
5844 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
5845 it is one of the current buffers.
5847 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
5848 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
5849 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
5851 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
5852 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
5854 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
5856 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
5857 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
5859 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
5861 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
5862 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
5864 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
5865 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
5866 not selected.
5868 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
5869 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
5871 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
5872 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
5874 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
5875 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
5876 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
5877 it is one of the current buffers.
5879 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
5880 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
5881 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
5883 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
5884 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
5886 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
5888 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
5889 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
5891 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
5893 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
5894 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
5895 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
5897 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
5898 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
5900 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
5901 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
5903 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
5904 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
5906 ;;;***
5908 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
5909 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
5912 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
5913 Toggle flow control handling.
5914 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
5915 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
5917 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
5918 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
5919 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
5920 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
5921 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
5922 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
5924 ;;;***
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
5927 ;;;;;; (14218 4428))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
5930 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
5931 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
5932 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
5933 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
5934 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
5935 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
5937 Bindings:
5938 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
5939 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
5940 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
5942 Hooks:
5943 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
5945 Remark:
5946 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
5947 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
5948 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
5950 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
5951 consider adding:
5952 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
5953 in your .emacs file.
5955 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
5957 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
5959 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
5960 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
5962 ;;;***
5964 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
5965 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
5966 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
5969 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
5970 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
5972 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
5973 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
5975 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
5976 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
5978 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
5979 of two major techniques:
5981 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
5982 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
5983 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
5985 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
5986 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
5987 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
5988 movement commands.
5990 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
5991 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
5992 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
5993 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
5994 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
5995 mileage may vary).
5997 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
5998 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6000 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6002 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6003 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6004 \(This is the default.)
6006 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6007 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6009 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6010 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6012 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6013 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6015 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6016 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6017 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6018 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6019 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6020 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6022 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6023 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6024 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6026 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6027 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6028 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6030 ;;;***
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6033 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
6034 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14410 18535))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6037 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6038 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6040 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6041 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6042 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6044 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6046 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6047 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6048 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6049 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6051 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6052 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6054 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6056 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6057 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6058 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6060 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6062 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6063 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6064 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6065 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6066 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6067 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6069 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6070 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6072 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6073 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6075 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6076 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6077 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6079 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6080 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6082 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6083 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6084 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6086 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6087 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6088 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6090 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6091 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6092 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6094 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6095 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE.
6096 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6097 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6098 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6099 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6100 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6101 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6102 end of the current highlighting list.
6104 For example:
6106 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6107 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6108 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6110 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6111 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6113 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6114 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6115 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6117 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6118 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6119 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6120 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6121 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6123 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6124 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6126 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6127 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6128 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6129 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6130 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6131 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6133 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6135 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6137 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6138 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6140 ;;;***
6142 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6143 ;;;;;; (14345 58136))
6144 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6146 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6147 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6148 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6149 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6150 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6152 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
6153 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
6154 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
6155 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
6156 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
6157 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
6159 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6160 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6162 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6164 ;;;***
6166 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6167 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6168 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6170 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6171 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6173 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6174 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6175 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6176 C-c < forms-first-record <
6177 C-c > forms-last-record >
6178 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6179 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6180 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6181 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6182 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6183 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6184 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6185 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6186 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6187 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6188 " t nil)
6190 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6191 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6193 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6194 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6196 ;;;***
6198 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6199 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14410 18641))
6200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6202 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6203 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6204 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6205 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6206 with a character in column 6.")
6208 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6209 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6210 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6211 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6213 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6214 Fortran keywords.
6216 Key definitions:
6217 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6219 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6221 `comment-start'
6222 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6223 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6224 `fortran-do-indent'
6225 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6226 `fortran-if-indent'
6227 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6228 `fortran-structure-indent'
6229 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6230 (default 3)
6231 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6232 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6233 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6234 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6235 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6236 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6237 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6238 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6239 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6240 (for TAB format continuation style).
6241 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6242 indentation for a line of code.
6243 (default 'fixed)
6244 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6245 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6246 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6247 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6248 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6249 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6250 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6251 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6252 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6253 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6254 column 5. (default 1)
6255 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6256 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6257 statements. (default nil)
6258 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6259 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6260 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6261 statement. (default nil)
6262 `fortran-continuation-string'
6263 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6264 line. (default \"$\")
6265 `fortran-comment-region'
6266 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6267 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6268 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6269 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6270 as typed. (default t)
6271 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6272 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
6273 (default t)
6275 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6276 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6278 ;;;***
6280 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6281 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6284 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6285 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6287 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6288 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6290 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6291 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6292 function.
6294 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6295 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6296 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6297 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6298 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6299 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6301 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6302 Each keyword should be a string.
6304 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6305 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6307 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6308 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6309 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6311 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6313 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6315 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6316 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6317 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6318 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6320 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6321 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6323 ;;;***
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6326 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469))
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6329 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6330 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6332 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6333 Read network news.
6334 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6335 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6336 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6337 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6338 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6340 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6341 Read news as a slave." t nil)
6343 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6344 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6346 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6347 Read network news.
6348 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6349 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6350 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6352 ;;;***
6354 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
6355 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
6356 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
6357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
6359 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6360 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
6362 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6363 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
6365 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
6366 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
6367 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
6368 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
6370 \(gnus-agentize)
6372 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
6373 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
6374 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
6376 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
6377 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
6379 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
6381 ;;;***
6383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
6384 ;;;;;; (14030 49345))
6385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
6387 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
6388 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
6390 ;;;***
6392 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
6393 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
6394 ;;;;;; 49350))
6395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
6397 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
6398 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
6400 Usage:
6401 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
6403 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
6404 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
6406 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
6407 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
6409 ;;;***
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
6412 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
6415 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
6416 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
6417 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
6419 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
6420 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
6422 ;;;***
6424 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
6425 ;;;;;; (14030 49385))
6426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
6428 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
6430 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
6431 Run batched scoring.
6432 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
6434 ;;;***
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
6437 ;;;;;; (14030 49391))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
6440 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
6441 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
6442 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
6444 ;;;***
6446 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
6447 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
6448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
6450 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
6451 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
6452 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
6453 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
6454 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
6456 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
6457 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
6459 ;;;***
6461 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
6462 ;;;;;; (14030 49414))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
6465 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
6466 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
6467 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
6468 for matching on group names.
6470 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
6471 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
6473 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
6475 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
6477 ;;;***
6479 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
6480 ;;;;;; (14030 49416))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
6483 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
6484 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
6486 ;;;***
6488 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
6489 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
6490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
6492 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
6493 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
6495 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
6496 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
6498 ;;;***
6500 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
6501 ;;;;;; (14030 49464))
6502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
6504 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
6505 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
6507 ;;;***
6509 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
6512 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
6513 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
6514 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
6515 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
6516 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
6518 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
6519 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
6520 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
6522 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
6523 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
6524 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
6526 ;;;***
6528 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
6529 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
6530 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
6532 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
6533 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
6534 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
6535 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
6536 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
6538 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
6539 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
6540 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
6541 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
6542 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
6544 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
6545 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
6546 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
6547 or to send e-mail.
6548 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
6550 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
6551 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
6553 ;;;***
6555 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
6558 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
6559 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
6560 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
6561 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
6562 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
6564 ;;;***
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
6567 ;;;;;; (14369 61534))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
6570 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
6571 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6572 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6573 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6575 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
6576 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6577 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6578 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6580 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
6581 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6582 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6583 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6585 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
6586 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6587 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6588 and source-file directory for your debugger.
6590 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
6591 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
6593 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
6594 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
6595 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6596 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6598 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
6599 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
6600 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
6601 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
6603 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
6604 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
6605 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
6606 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
6607 between it and it's value." t nil)
6608 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
6610 ;;;***
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
6613 ;;;;;; 23942))
6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
6616 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
6617 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
6618 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
6619 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
6621 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
6622 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
6623 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
6624 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
6626 ;;;***
6628 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
6629 ;;;;;; (14268 8415))
6630 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
6632 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
6633 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
6635 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
6636 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
6637 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
6638 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
6640 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
6642 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
6643 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
6644 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
6645 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
6646 to be updated." t nil)
6648 ;;;***
6650 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
6651 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
6654 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
6655 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
6656 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
6657 and window listing and describing the options.
6658 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
6659 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
6661 ;;;***
6663 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
6664 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574))
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
6667 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
6668 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
6670 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
6671 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
6673 ;;;***
6675 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
6676 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
6677 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
6679 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
6680 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
6681 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
6682 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
6683 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
6685 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
6686 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
6688 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
6689 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
6690 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
6691 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
6693 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
6694 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
6695 periods.
6697 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
6698 in hexl format.
6700 A sample format:
6702 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
6703 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
6704 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
6705 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
6706 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
6707 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
6708 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
6709 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
6710 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
6711 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
6712 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
6713 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
6714 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
6715 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
6716 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
6718 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
6719 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
6720 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
6722 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
6723 also supported.
6725 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
6727 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
6728 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
6729 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
6731 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
6732 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
6733 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
6735 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
6736 into the buffer at the current point.
6738 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
6739 into the buffer at the current point.
6741 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
6742 into the buffer at the current point.
6744 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
6746 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
6747 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
6749 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
6751 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
6753 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
6754 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
6755 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
6757 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
6758 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
6759 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
6761 ;;;***
6763 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
6764 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
6765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
6767 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
6768 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
6770 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
6771 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
6772 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6773 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
6774 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
6775 how the hiding is done:
6777 hide-ifdef-env
6778 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
6779 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
6780 is used.
6782 hide-ifdef-define-alist
6783 An association list of defined symbol lists.
6784 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
6785 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
6786 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
6788 hide-ifdef-lines
6789 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
6790 #endif lines when hiding.
6792 hide-ifdef-initially
6793 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
6794 is activated.
6796 hide-ifdef-read-only
6797 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
6798 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
6800 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
6802 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
6803 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
6805 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
6806 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
6808 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
6809 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
6811 ;;;***
6813 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-mouse-toggle-hiding hs-hide-all
6814 ;;;;;; hs-show-hidden-short-form hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
6815 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (13845 6001))
6816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
6818 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
6819 Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
6821 (defvar hs-show-hidden-short-form t "\
6822 Leave only the first line visible in a hidden block.
6823 If non-nil only the first line is visible when a block is in the
6824 hidden state, else both the first line and the last line are shown.
6825 A nil value disables `hs-adjust-block-beginning', which see.
6827 An example of how this works: (in C mode)
6828 original:
6830 /* My function main
6831 some more stuff about main
6834 main(void)
6836 int x=0;
6837 return 0;
6841 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is nil
6842 /* My function main...
6845 main(void)
6846 {...
6849 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is t
6850 /* My function main...
6852 main(void)...
6854 For the last case you have to be on the line containing the
6855 ellipsis when you do `hs-show-block'.")
6857 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" nil nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (java-mode "\\(\\(\\([ ]*\\(\\(abstract\\|final\\|native\\|p\\(r\\(ivate\\|otected\\)\\|ublic\\)\\|s\\(tatic\\|ynchronized\\)\\)[ \n]+\\)*[.a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\(\\[[ \n]*\\][ \n]*\\)?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\)([^)]*)\\([ \n ]+throws[ \n][^{]+\\)?\\)\\|\\([ ]*static[^{]*\\)\\)[ \n]*{\\)" "}" "/[*/]" java-hs-forward-sexp hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
6858 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
6859 It has the form
6860 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
6861 If present, hideshow will use these values as regexps for start, end
6862 and comment-start, respectively. Since Algol-ish languages do not have
6863 single-character block delimiters, the function `forward-sexp' used
6864 by hideshow doesn't work. In this case, if a similar function is
6865 available, you can register it and have hideshow use it instead of
6866 `forward-sexp'. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning'
6867 to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
6869 If any of those is left nil, hideshow will try to guess some values
6870 using function `hs-grok-mode-type'.
6872 Note that the regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace.")
6874 (autoload (quote hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "\
6875 Hide all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
6876 Move point to the beginning of the line, and it run the normal hook
6877 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'.
6878 If `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is t, also hide the comments." t nil)
6880 (autoload (quote hs-mouse-toggle-hiding) "hideshow" "\
6881 Toggle hiding/showing of a block.
6882 Should be bound to a mouse key." t nil)
6884 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
6885 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
6886 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
6887 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
6888 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
6889 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
6890 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc
6891 for `run-hooks'.
6893 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
6894 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'.
6895 Also see the documentation for the variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form'.
6897 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
6898 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
6900 Key bindings:
6901 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
6903 ;;;***
6905 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
6906 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
6907 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
6908 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
6909 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
6911 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
6913 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
6914 Remove the change face from the region.
6915 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
6917 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
6918 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
6920 Without an argument,
6921 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
6922 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
6923 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
6925 With an argument,
6926 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
6927 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
6928 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
6930 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
6931 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
6932 not displayed in a different face.
6934 Functions:
6935 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
6936 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
6937 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
6938 buffer with the contents of a file
6939 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
6940 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
6941 various faces.
6944 Hook variables:
6945 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
6946 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
6947 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
6948 " t nil)
6950 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
6951 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
6953 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
6954 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
6956 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
6957 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
6959 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
6960 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
6961 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
6962 shown in the last face in the list.
6964 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
6965 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
6966 buffer to be saved):
6967 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
6968 " t nil)
6970 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
6971 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
6973 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
6974 and not in read-only mode.
6976 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
6977 when called interactively.
6979 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
6980 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
6981 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
6983 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
6984 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
6985 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
6988 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
6990 When called interactively:
6991 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
6992 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
6993 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
6994 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
6996 When called from a program:
6997 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
6998 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
6999 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7000 - otherwise just turn it on
7002 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7003 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7004 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7005 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7007 ;;;***
7009 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7010 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7011 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7012 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7013 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7016 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7017 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7018 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7019 or insert functions in this list.")
7021 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7022 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7024 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7025 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7027 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7028 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7030 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7031 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7033 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7034 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7035 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7037 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7038 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7039 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7040 \(as atoms)")
7042 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7043 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7044 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7045 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7046 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7048 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7049 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7050 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7051 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7052 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7053 expansions.
7054 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7055 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7056 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7058 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7059 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7060 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7061 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7063 ;;;***
7065 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7066 ;;;;;; (14248 36723))
7067 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7069 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7070 Non-nil if Hl-Line mode is enabled.")
7072 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7074 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7076 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7077 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point.
7079 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7080 Only useful with a windowing system.
7081 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7082 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7084 ;;;***
7086 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7087 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7090 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7091 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7093 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7094 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7096 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7098 ;;;***
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7101 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14291 58671))
7102 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7104 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7105 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7107 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7108 This function is absolete." t nil)
7110 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7111 This function is absolete." t nil)
7113 ;;;***
7115 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7116 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14392 118))
7117 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7119 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7120 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7121 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7123 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7124 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7125 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7127 ;;;***
7129 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7132 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7133 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7134 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7135 Tab indents for Icon code.
7136 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7137 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7138 \\{icon-mode-map}
7139 Variables controlling indentation style:
7140 icon-tab-always-indent
7141 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7142 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7143 icon-auto-newline
7144 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7145 inserted in Icon code.
7146 icon-indent-level
7147 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7148 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7149 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7150 icon-continued-statement-offset
7151 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7152 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7153 icon-continued-brace-offset
7154 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7155 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7156 icon-brace-offset
7157 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7158 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7159 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7160 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7162 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7163 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7165 ;;;***
7167 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7168 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7169 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7171 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
7172 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
7173 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
7175 ;;;***
7177 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
7178 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header)
7179 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14345 52910))
7180 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
7182 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
7183 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
7184 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
7185 be determined." nil nil)
7187 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
7188 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
7189 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
7191 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
7192 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE.
7193 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
7194 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes.
7195 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type.
7196 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
7197 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
7198 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
7200 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
7201 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
7202 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
7203 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
7204 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
7205 image.
7206 POS may be an integer or marker.
7207 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7208 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7209 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7210 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7212 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
7213 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
7214 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
7215 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
7216 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7217 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7218 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7219 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7221 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
7222 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
7223 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
7224 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
7226 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
7227 Define SYMBOL as an image.
7229 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
7230 documentation string.
7232 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
7233 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
7234 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE
7235 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the
7236 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE
7237 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL.
7239 Example:
7241 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
7242 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
7244 ;;;***
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
7247 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
7250 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
7251 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
7253 Affects only the mouse index menu.
7255 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
7256 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
7257 in the buffer.
7259 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
7261 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
7262 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
7263 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
7265 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
7266 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
7268 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
7269 to create a buffer index.
7271 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
7272 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
7273 or like this:
7274 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
7275 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
7276 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
7277 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
7278 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
7280 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
7281 entries are not nested.
7283 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
7284 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
7285 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
7286 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
7288 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
7289 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
7291 The variable is buffer-local.
7293 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
7294 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
7295 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
7297 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
7298 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
7299 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
7300 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
7302 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
7304 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
7305 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
7307 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
7308 of the current buffer as an alist.
7310 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
7311 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
7312 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
7313 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
7314 if it is a sub-alist.
7316 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
7318 The variable is buffer-local.")
7320 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
7322 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
7323 Function for finding the next index position.
7325 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
7326 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
7327 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
7328 file.
7330 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
7331 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
7333 This variable is local in all buffers.")
7335 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
7337 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
7338 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
7340 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
7341 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
7342 It should return the name for that index item.
7344 This variable is local in all buffers.")
7346 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
7348 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
7349 Function to compare string with index item.
7351 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
7352 non-nil if they match.
7354 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
7355 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
7356 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
7357 arguments match\".
7359 This variable is local in all buffers.")
7361 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
7363 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
7364 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
7365 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
7367 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
7369 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
7371 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
7372 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
7373 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
7374 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
7376 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
7377 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
7379 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
7381 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
7382 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
7383 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
7384 for more information." t nil)
7386 ;;;***
7388 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
7389 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
7390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
7392 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
7393 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
7394 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
7395 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
7396 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
7398 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
7399 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
7401 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
7402 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
7403 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
7404 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
7405 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
7406 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
7407 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
7408 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
7410 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
7411 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
7412 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
7413 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
7414 Inferior Lisp buffer.
7416 More precise choices:
7417 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
7418 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
7419 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
7421 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
7423 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
7424 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
7426 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
7427 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
7428 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
7429 to that buffer.
7430 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
7431 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
7432 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
7433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7434 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
7436 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
7438 ;;;***
7440 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
7441 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
7442 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14398 37488))
7443 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
7445 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
7446 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
7447 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
7449 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
7450 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
7451 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
7452 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
7453 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
7454 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
7456 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
7457 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
7459 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
7460 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
7461 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
7463 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
7464 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
7465 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
7466 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
7468 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
7469 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
7470 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
7471 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
7472 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
7474 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
7475 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
7476 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
7477 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
7478 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
7479 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
7481 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
7482 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
7483 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
7485 ;;;***
7487 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
7488 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
7489 ;;;;;; (14272 15606))
7490 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
7492 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
7493 Throw away all cached data.
7494 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
7495 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
7496 system." t nil)
7498 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
7499 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
7500 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
7501 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
7502 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
7503 The default symbol is the one found at point.
7505 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
7507 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
7508 Display the documentation of a file.
7509 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
7510 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
7511 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
7512 The default file name is the one found at point.
7514 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
7516 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
7517 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
7519 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
7520 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
7522 ;;;***
7524 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
7525 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
7526 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
7528 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
7529 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
7531 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
7532 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
7533 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
7535 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
7536 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
7537 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
7539 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
7540 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
7541 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
7542 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
7544 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
7545 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
7546 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
7548 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
7549 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
7550 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
7551 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
7552 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
7554 ;;;***
7556 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
7557 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
7558 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
7559 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
7561 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
7562 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
7564 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
7565 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
7567 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
7569 ;;;***
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
7572 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
7575 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
7576 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
7577 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
7578 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
7579 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
7580 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
7582 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
7583 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
7585 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
7586 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
7587 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
7588 \"s gives German sharp s.
7589 /a gives a with ring.
7590 /e gives an a-e ligature.
7591 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
7592 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
7593 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
7595 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
7596 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
7598 ;;;***
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
7601 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
7602 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
7603 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
7604 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
7606 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
7607 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
7608 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7609 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7610 `format-alist')." t nil)
7612 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
7613 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
7614 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7615 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7616 `format-alist')." t nil)
7618 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
7619 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
7620 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7621 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7622 `format-alist')." t nil)
7624 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
7625 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
7626 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7627 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7628 `format-alist')." t nil)
7630 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
7631 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
7632 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7633 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7634 `format-alist')." t nil)
7636 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
7637 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
7638 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7639 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7640 `format-alist')." t nil)
7642 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
7643 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
7644 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
7645 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
7646 `format-alist')." t nil)
7648 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
7649 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
7651 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
7652 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
7654 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
7655 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
7657 ;;;***
7659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
7660 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
7661 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
7662 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
7663 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
7664 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
7666 ;;;***
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
7669 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
7670 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
7671 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
7672 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
7673 ;;;;;; (14381 62987))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
7676 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
7677 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
7678 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
7679 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
7681 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
7682 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
7683 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
7685 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
7687 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
7689 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
7691 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
7693 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
7695 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
7697 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
7698 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
7700 Each element of this list is also a list:
7702 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
7703 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
7705 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
7706 nil means the default dictionary.
7708 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
7709 word.
7711 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
7713 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
7714 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
7715 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
7716 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
7717 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
7718 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
7719 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
7720 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
7721 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
7723 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
7724 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
7725 single word.
7727 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
7728 subprocess.
7730 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
7731 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
7732 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
7733 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
7734 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
7735 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
7736 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
7737 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
7739 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
7741 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
7742 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
7743 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
7745 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
7746 Key map for ispell menu.")
7748 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
7749 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
7750 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
7751 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
7753 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version))))
7755 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))
7757 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
7759 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
7761 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
7763 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
7764 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
7765 The alist key must be a regular expression.
7766 Valid forms include:
7767 (KEY) - just skip the key.
7768 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
7769 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
7770 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
7772 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
7773 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
7774 First list is used raw.
7775 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
7777 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
7778 for skipping in latex mode.")
7780 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
7782 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
7783 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
7784 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
7785 in a window allowing you to choose one.
7787 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
7788 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
7789 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
7790 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
7791 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
7793 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
7794 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
7796 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
7798 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
7799 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
7801 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
7802 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
7804 Selections are:
7806 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
7807 SPC: Accept word this time.
7808 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
7809 `a': Accept word for this session.
7810 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
7811 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
7812 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
7813 `?': Show these commands.
7814 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
7815 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
7816 the aborted check to be completed later.
7817 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
7818 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
7819 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
7820 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
7821 `C-l': redraws screen
7822 `C-r': recursive edit
7823 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
7825 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
7826 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
7827 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
7829 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
7830 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
7831 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
7833 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
7835 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
7837 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
7838 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
7839 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil)
7841 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
7842 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
7844 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
7845 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
7847 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
7848 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
7850 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
7851 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
7852 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
7853 sequence inside of a word.
7855 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
7857 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
7858 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
7860 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
7861 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
7862 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
7864 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
7865 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
7867 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
7868 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
7870 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
7871 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
7872 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
7873 Don't check included messages.
7875 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
7876 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
7877 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
7879 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
7880 in your .emacs file:
7881 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
7882 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
7883 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
7884 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
7886 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
7887 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
7888 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
7890 ;;;***
7892 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
7893 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
7894 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14384 5061))
7895 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
7897 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7898 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
7899 Return the name of a buffer selected.
7900 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
7901 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
7902 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
7904 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
7905 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
7906 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
7907 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
7909 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7910 Switch to another buffer.
7912 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
7913 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
7914 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
7915 in another frame.
7916 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7918 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
7919 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
7920 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7921 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7923 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
7924 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
7925 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7926 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7928 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
7929 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
7930 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
7931 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
7933 ;;;***
7935 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
7936 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
7937 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
7938 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
7939 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
7942 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
7943 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
7945 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
7947 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
7948 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
7949 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7950 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
7951 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
7952 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
7953 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
7954 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
7956 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
7957 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
7958 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7959 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
7961 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
7962 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
7963 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7964 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
7965 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
7967 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
7968 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
7969 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
7970 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
7972 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
7973 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
7974 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
7975 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
7977 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
7978 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
7980 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
7981 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
7982 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
7983 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
7984 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
7986 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
7987 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
7988 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
7989 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
7990 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
7992 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
7993 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
7994 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
7996 ;;;***
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
7999 ;;;;;; (14275 59802))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8002 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8003 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8004 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8005 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8007 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8008 following ways:
8010 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8011 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8012 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8013 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8014 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8016 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8017 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8018 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8019 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8021 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8022 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8023 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8024 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8025 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8026 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8027 strings or comments span lines.
8029 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8030 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8031 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8032 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8034 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8035 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8037 ;;;***
8039 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8040 ;;;;;; (14345 52910))
8041 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8043 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8044 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8045 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8046 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8048 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8050 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8051 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8053 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8054 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8055 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8056 (interactive "P")
8057 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8058 (progn
8059 (require 'jka-compr)
8060 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8061 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8062 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8064 ;;;***
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8067 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8070 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8071 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8072 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8074 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8075 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8076 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8077 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8078 shorter.
8080 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8081 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8082 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8084 ;;;***
8086 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8087 ;;;;;; 39847))
8088 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8090 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8091 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8092 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8093 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8094 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8095 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8096 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8098 ;;;***
8100 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8101 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8104 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8105 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8106 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8108 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8109 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8111 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8113 ;;;***
8115 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8116 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8119 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8121 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8122 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8124 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8126 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8127 Start or resume an Lm game.
8128 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8129 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8131 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8132 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8133 none / 1 | yes | no
8134 2 | yes | yes
8135 3 | no | yes
8136 4 | no | no
8138 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
8139 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
8140 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8142 ;;;***
8144 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
8145 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
8148 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
8149 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
8151 ;;;***
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
8154 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14263 35461))
8155 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
8157 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
8158 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
8159 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
8160 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8162 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
8164 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
8166 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
8167 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
8168 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
8169 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
8170 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
8171 for large buffers.
8173 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
8174 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
8175 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
8176 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
8177 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
8179 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
8180 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
8181 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
8182 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
8183 slow to keep up with your typing.
8185 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
8186 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
8187 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
8188 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
8189 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
8190 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
8192 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8193 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8194 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8195 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8197 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
8198 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
8199 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
8200 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
8202 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8203 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8204 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8205 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
8206 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
8208 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
8209 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
8211 ;;;***
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
8214 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
8217 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
8218 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
8220 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
8221 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
8223 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
8224 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
8226 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
8227 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
8228 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
8229 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
8230 for later transmission to Lisp job.
8231 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
8232 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
8233 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
8234 and transmit saved text.
8235 \\{ledit-mode-map}
8236 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
8237 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
8239 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
8241 ;;;***
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
8246 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
8247 Run Conway's Life simulation.
8248 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
8249 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
8250 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
8252 ;;;***
8254 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
8255 ;;;;;; 16173))
8256 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
8258 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
8259 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
8260 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
8261 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
8263 ;;;***
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
8266 ;;;;;; (14396 4034))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
8269 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
8270 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
8271 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
8273 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
8274 Run the locate command with a filter.
8276 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8277 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
8279 ;;;***
8281 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
8282 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14359
8283 ;;;;;; 2960))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
8286 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
8287 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
8288 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
8290 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
8291 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
8293 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
8294 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
8295 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
8296 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
8297 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
8298 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
8299 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
8301 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
8302 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
8303 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
8304 switch on this list.
8305 See `lpr-command'.")
8307 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
8308 *Name of program for printing a file.
8310 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
8311 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
8312 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
8313 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
8314 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
8315 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
8316 argument.")
8318 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
8319 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
8320 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8322 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
8323 Paginate and print buffer contents.
8324 Normally invokes `pr' for pagination, but see the variable
8325 `lpr-page-header-program'. Printing is normally done with `lpr'
8326 or `lp'; the variable `lpr-command' changes this.
8328 Also see the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-page-header-switches'
8329 for further customization of the commands used." t nil)
8331 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
8332 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
8333 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8335 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
8336 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
8337 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
8339 ;;;***
8341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14251 18531))
8342 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
8344 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
8345 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
8346 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
8347 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
8348 package is used.")
8350 ;;;***
8352 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
8353 ;;;;;; 53924))
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
8356 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
8357 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
8358 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
8360 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
8362 ;;;***
8364 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
8365 ;;;;;; 30919))
8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
8368 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
8369 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
8370 \\{m4-mode-map}
8371 " t nil)
8373 ;;;***
8375 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
8376 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
8379 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
8380 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
8381 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
8382 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
8383 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
8385 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
8386 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
8387 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
8388 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
8390 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
8391 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
8392 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
8393 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
8394 bindings.
8396 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
8397 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
8399 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
8400 Query user during kbd macro execution.
8401 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
8402 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
8403 each time the macro executes.
8404 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
8405 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
8406 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
8407 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
8408 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
8409 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
8410 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
8412 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
8413 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
8414 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
8416 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
8417 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
8418 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
8419 execute.
8421 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
8422 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
8424 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
8425 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
8426 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
8427 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
8428 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
8430 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
8431 looked like this:
8433 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
8434 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
8435 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
8437 You could enter the names in this format:
8443 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
8445 \\C-x (
8446 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
8447 \\C-x )
8449 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
8450 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
8451 " t nil)
8452 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
8454 ;;;***
8456 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
8457 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
8460 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
8461 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
8462 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
8463 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
8465 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
8466 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
8467 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
8468 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
8469 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
8471 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
8472 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
8473 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
8474 consing a string.)" nil nil)
8476 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
8477 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
8479 ;;;***
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
8482 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
8483 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
8486 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
8487 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
8489 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
8491 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
8492 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
8494 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
8495 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
8496 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
8497 message.
8499 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
8501 ;;;***
8503 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
8504 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
8505 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14263
8506 ;;;;;; 33297))
8507 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
8509 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
8510 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
8511 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
8512 often correct parser.")
8514 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
8516 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
8517 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
8518 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
8519 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
8521 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
8522 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
8523 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
8524 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
8526 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
8527 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
8528 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
8529 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
8531 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
8532 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
8533 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
8534 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
8535 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
8536 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
8538 ;;;***
8540 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
8541 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539))
8542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
8544 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
8545 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
8547 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
8548 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
8549 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
8551 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
8552 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
8553 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
8555 ;;;***
8557 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
8558 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
8559 ;;;;;; 15767))
8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
8562 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
8563 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
8564 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
8565 king@grassland.com
8566 If `parens', they look like:
8567 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
8568 If `angles', they look like:
8569 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
8571 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
8572 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
8573 If interactive, expand in header fields.
8574 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
8575 their `Resent-' variants.
8577 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
8578 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
8580 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
8581 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
8582 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
8584 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
8585 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
8586 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
8587 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
8589 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
8590 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
8591 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
8592 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
8594 ;;;***
8596 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
8597 ;;;;;; (14410 18641))
8598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
8600 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
8601 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
8602 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
8604 \\{makefile-mode-map}
8606 In the browser, use the following keys:
8608 \\{makefile-browser-map}
8610 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
8612 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
8613 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
8615 makefile-target-colon:
8616 The string that gets appended to all target names
8617 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
8618 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
8620 makefile-macro-assign:
8621 The string that gets appended to all macro names
8622 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
8623 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
8624 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
8625 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
8626 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
8628 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
8629 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
8630 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
8632 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
8633 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
8635 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
8636 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
8637 up or down in the browser.
8639 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
8640 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
8642 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
8643 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
8645 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
8646 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
8647 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
8648 has been selected in the browser.
8650 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
8651 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
8652 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
8653 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
8654 filenames are omitted.
8656 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
8657 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
8658 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
8659 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
8660 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
8661 the backslash itself intact.
8662 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
8663 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
8665 makefile-browser-hook:
8666 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
8667 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
8669 makefile-special-targets-list:
8670 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
8671 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
8672 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
8674 ;;;***
8676 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
8677 ;;;;;; 28917))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
8680 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
8681 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
8682 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
8684 ;;;***
8686 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
8689 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
8691 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
8692 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
8693 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
8694 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
8695 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
8696 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
8697 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
8699 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
8700 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
8705 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
8706 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
8707 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
8708 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
8709 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
8710 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
8711 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
8712 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
8715 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
8716 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
8718 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
8719 king@grassland.com
8720 If `parens', they look like:
8721 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
8722 If `angles', they look like:
8723 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
8725 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
8726 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
8728 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
8729 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
8731 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
8732 *Local news organization file.")
8734 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
8735 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
8736 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
8737 variable `mail-header-separator'.
8739 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
8740 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
8741 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
8743 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
8744 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
8746 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
8747 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
8748 nil means use indentation.")
8750 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
8751 *Function for citing an original message.
8752 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
8753 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
8754 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
8756 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
8757 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
8758 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
8759 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
8760 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
8762 (defvar message-signature t "\
8763 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
8764 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
8765 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
8766 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
8768 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
8769 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
8771 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
8773 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
8774 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
8775 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
8776 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
8777 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
8778 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
8779 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
8780 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
8781 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
8782 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
8783 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
8784 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
8785 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
8786 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
8787 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
8788 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
8789 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
8790 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
8791 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
8792 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
8793 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
8795 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
8796 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8797 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
8799 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
8800 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8802 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
8803 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
8805 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
8806 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
8808 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
8809 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
8810 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
8812 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
8813 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
8815 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
8816 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
8817 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
8818 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
8820 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
8821 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
8823 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
8824 Forward the current message via mail.
8825 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
8827 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
8828 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
8830 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
8831 Re-mail the current message.
8832 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
8833 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
8834 you." t nil)
8836 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
8837 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
8839 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
8840 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
8842 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
8843 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8845 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
8846 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
8848 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
8849 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
8850 Works by overstriking characters.
8851 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
8852 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
8854 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
8855 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
8856 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
8857 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
8859 ;;;***
8861 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
8862 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
8863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
8865 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
8866 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
8867 Special commands:
8868 \\{meta-mode-map}
8870 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
8871 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
8873 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
8874 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
8875 Special commands:
8876 \\{meta-mode-map}
8878 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
8879 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
8881 ;;;***
8883 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
8884 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
8885 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
8888 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
8889 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
8890 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
8892 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
8893 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
8894 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8895 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8896 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8897 redisplayed as output is inserted.
8898 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
8900 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
8901 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
8902 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8903 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8904 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
8905 means current).
8906 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8907 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
8909 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
8910 Process current region through 'metamail'.
8911 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
8912 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
8913 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
8914 means current).
8915 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
8916 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
8918 ;;;***
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
8921 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14377 19689))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
8924 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
8925 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
8926 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8927 to the MH mail system.
8929 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
8931 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
8932 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
8933 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8934 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
8935 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
8936 that want to create a mail buffer.
8937 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
8939 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
8940 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
8941 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8942 to the MH mail system.
8944 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
8946 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
8947 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
8948 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
8949 using the MH mail handling system.
8950 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
8951 messages.
8953 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
8955 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
8957 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
8958 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
8959 the yanked message.
8961 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
8962 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
8963 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
8964 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
8965 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
8967 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
8968 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
8969 inserted in a draft letter.
8971 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
8972 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
8974 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
8976 ;;;***
8978 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14376
8979 ;;;;;; 9267))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
8982 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
8983 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
8984 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
8985 to the MH mail system." t nil)
8987 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
8988 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
8990 ;;;***
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
8995 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
8996 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14384 5736))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9003 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9005 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9007 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9009 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9011 ;;;***
9013 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9014 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9017 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9018 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9019 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9020 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9021 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9022 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9023 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9024 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9025 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9026 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9027 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9029 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9030 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9031 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9032 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9034 ;;;***
9036 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9037 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9040 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9041 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9043 ;;;***
9045 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9046 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9049 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9050 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9051 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
9052 followed by the first character of the construct.
9053 \\<m2-mode-map>
9054 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
9055 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
9056 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
9057 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
9058 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
9059 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
9060 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
9061 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
9062 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
9063 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
9064 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
9065 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
9066 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
9067 \\[m2-link] link
9069 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
9070 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
9071 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
9073 ;;;***
9075 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
9076 ;;;;;; 2283))
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
9079 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
9080 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
9081 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9082 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
9084 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
9086 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
9088 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
9090 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
9091 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
9092 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
9093 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
9094 Triple-clicking selects lines.
9095 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
9097 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
9098 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
9099 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
9100 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
9102 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
9103 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
9105 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
9106 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
9108 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
9110 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
9111 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
9112 primary selection and region." t nil)
9114 ;;;***
9116 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
9119 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
9120 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
9122 ;;;***
9124 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
9127 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
9128 Toggle msb-mode.
9129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9130 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
9132 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9134 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
9136 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
9137 Toggle Msb mode.
9138 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9139 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
9140 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
9142 ;;;***
9144 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
9145 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
9146 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
9147 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
9148 ;;;;;; (14406 33643))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
9151 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
9152 Display a list of all character sets.
9154 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use.
9155 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer
9156 by any character in this character set.
9157 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen
9158 by any character in this character set.
9160 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9161 but still shows the full information." t nil)
9163 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9164 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
9166 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
9167 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
9169 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
9170 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
9171 at the place of `..':
9172 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
9173 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
9174 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
9175 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
9176 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
9177 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
9178 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9179 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9180 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9181 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9182 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
9183 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
9184 `default-process-coding-system' for read
9185 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
9186 `default-process-coding-system' for write
9187 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
9189 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9190 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
9192 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
9193 Display a list of all coding systems.
9194 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
9196 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9197 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
9199 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
9200 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
9202 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
9203 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
9205 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
9206 Display information of FONTSET.
9207 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
9208 contained in FONTSET.
9210 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
9211 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
9212 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
9213 frame.
9215 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
9216 o -- font already opened
9217 - -- font not yet opened
9218 x -- font can't be opened
9219 ? -- no font specified
9221 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
9222 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
9224 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
9225 Display a list of all fontsets.
9226 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
9227 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
9228 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
9230 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
9231 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
9233 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
9234 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
9236 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
9237 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
9238 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
9239 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
9241 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
9242 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
9243 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
9245 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
9246 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
9247 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
9249 ;;;***
9251 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-chars compose-chars-component
9252 ;;;;;; decompose-string decompose-region compose-region detect-coding-with-language-environment
9253 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
9254 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
9255 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
9256 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
9257 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
9258 ;;;;;; (14407 39556))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
9261 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
9262 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
9263 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
9265 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
9267 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
9269 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
9270 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
9272 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
9273 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
9274 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
9275 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
9276 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
9278 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
9279 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
9280 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
9281 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
9282 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
9284 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
9285 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
9287 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
9289 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
9291 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
9292 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
9293 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
9294 is considered.
9295 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
9296 longer than KEYSEQ.
9297 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
9299 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
9300 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
9301 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
9302 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
9303 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
9304 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
9305 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
9306 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
9307 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
9308 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
9309 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
9311 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
9312 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
9314 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
9315 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
9317 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
9318 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
9320 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
9321 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
9323 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
9324 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
9326 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
9327 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
9328 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
9329 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
9331 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
9332 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
9333 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
9334 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
9336 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
9337 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
9338 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
9339 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
9341 (autoload (quote compose-region) "mule-util" "\
9342 Compose all characters in the current region into one composite character.
9343 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9344 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
9346 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "mule-util" "\
9347 Decompose all composite characters in the current region.
9348 Composite characters are broken up into individual components.
9349 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9350 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
9352 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "mule-util" "\
9353 Decompose all composite characters in STRING." nil nil)
9355 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (ml . 3) (mc . 4) (mr . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 4) (mid-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (0 . 0) (1 . 1) (2 . 2) (3 . 3) (4 . 4) (5 . 5) (6 . 6) (7 . 7) (8 . 8))) "\
9356 Alist of reference point symbols vs reference point codes.
9357 A reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition rule
9358 while making a composite character by the function `compose-chars'
9359 \(which see).
9361 Meanings of reference point codes are as follows:
9363 0----1----2 <-- ascent 0:tl or top-left
9364 | | 1:tc or top-center
9365 | | 2:tr or top-right
9366 | | 3:ml or mid-left
9367 | 4 <--+---- center 4:mc or mid-center
9368 | | 5:mr or mid-right
9369 --- 3 5 <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
9370 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
9371 6----7----8 <-- descent 8:br or bottom-right
9373 Reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition rule of
9374 the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where GLOBAL-REF-POINT
9375 is a reference point in the overall glyphs already composed, and
9376 NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to be added.
9378 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is 8 and NEW-REF-POINT is 1, the
9379 overall glyph is updated as follows:
9381 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
9382 | | |
9383 | global| |
9384 | glyph | |
9385 --- | | | <--- baseline (doesn't change)
9386 +----+--+--+
9387 | | new |
9388 | |glyph|
9389 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
9392 (autoload (quote compose-chars-component) "mule-util" nil nil nil)
9394 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "mule-util" "\
9395 Return one char string composed from the arguments.
9396 For relative composition, each argument should be a non-composition character
9397 or a relative-composition character.
9398 For rule-based composition, Nth (where N is odd) argument should be
9399 a non-composition character or a rule-based-composition character,
9400 and Mth (where M is even) argument should be a composition rule.
9401 A composition rule has the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT).
9402 See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
9404 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "mule-util" "\
9405 Convert composite character CHAR to a sequence of the components.
9406 Optional 1st arg TYPE specifies the type of sequence returned.
9407 It should be `string' (default), `list', or `vector'.
9408 Optional 2nd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE non-nil means the returned
9409 sequence contains embedded composition rules if any. In this case, the
9410 order of elements in the sequence is the same as arguments for
9411 `compose-chars' to create CHAR.
9412 If TYPE is omitted or is `string', composition rules are omitted
9413 even if WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is t." nil nil)
9415 ;;;***
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
9418 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
9420 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
9421 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
9423 ;;;***
9425 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
9426 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
9427 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
9428 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
9431 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
9432 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
9434 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
9435 Ping HOST.
9436 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
9437 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
9439 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
9440 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
9442 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
9444 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
9445 Run netstat program." t nil)
9447 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
9448 Run the arp program." t nil)
9450 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
9451 Run the route program." t nil)
9453 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
9454 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
9456 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
9457 Run nslookup program." t nil)
9459 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
9460 Run dig program." t nil)
9462 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
9463 Run ftp program." t nil)
9465 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
9466 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
9468 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
9469 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
9470 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
9471 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
9473 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
9475 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
9476 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
9478 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
9479 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
9481 ;;;***
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
9484 ;;;;;; 49490))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
9487 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
9488 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
9489 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
9490 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
9491 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
9492 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
9494 ;;;***
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
9497 ;;;;;; (14030 49496))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
9500 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
9501 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
9503 ;;;***
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
9506 ;;;;;; (14030 49502))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
9509 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
9510 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
9511 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
9513 ;;;***
9515 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
9516 ;;;;;; (14030 49514))
9517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
9519 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
9520 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
9522 ;;;***
9524 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
9525 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
9526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
9528 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
9529 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
9531 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
9532 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
9534 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
9535 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
9537 ;;;***
9539 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
9540 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
9541 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
9543 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
9544 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
9545 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
9547 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
9549 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
9550 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
9551 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
9552 to future sessions." t nil)
9554 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
9555 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
9556 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
9557 to future sessions." t nil)
9559 ;;;***
9561 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
9562 ;;;;;; (13611 44372))
9563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
9565 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
9566 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
9567 \\{nroff-mode-map}
9568 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
9569 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
9570 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
9572 ;;;***
9574 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
9575 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
9578 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
9579 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
9580 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
9581 specified by `octave-help-files'.
9582 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
9584 ;;;***
9586 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
9587 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
9588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
9590 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
9591 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
9592 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
9594 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
9596 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
9597 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
9599 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
9600 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
9601 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
9603 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
9605 ;;;***
9607 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
9608 ;;;;;; (14358 1330))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
9611 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
9612 Major mode for editing Octave code.
9614 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
9615 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
9616 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
9617 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
9619 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
9620 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
9621 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
9622 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
9623 is why you need this mode!).
9625 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
9626 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
9627 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
9629 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
9631 Keybindings
9632 ===========
9634 \\{octave-mode-map}
9636 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
9637 ==============================================
9639 octave-auto-indent
9640 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
9641 Default is nil.
9643 octave-auto-newline
9644 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
9645 Default is nil.
9647 octave-blink-matching-block
9648 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
9649 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
9651 octave-block-offset
9652 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
9653 Default is 2.
9655 octave-continuation-offset
9656 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
9657 Default is 4.
9659 octave-continuation-string
9660 String used for Octave continuation lines.
9661 Default is a backslash.
9663 octave-mode-startup-message
9664 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
9665 Default is t.
9667 octave-send-echo-input
9668 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
9669 command to the inferior Octave process.
9671 octave-send-line-auto-forward
9672 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
9673 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
9675 octave-send-echo-input
9676 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
9678 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
9680 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
9681 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
9683 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
9684 (setq auto-mode-alist
9685 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
9687 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
9688 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
9690 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
9691 (lambda ()
9692 (abbrev-mode 1)
9693 (auto-fill-mode 1)
9694 (if (eq window-system 'x)
9695 (font-lock-mode 1))))
9697 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
9698 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
9699 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
9700 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
9702 ;;;***
9704 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
9705 ;;;;;; (14045 29891))
9706 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
9708 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
9709 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
9711 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
9712 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
9713 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
9714 in which there are commands to set the option values.
9715 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
9717 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
9719 ;;;***
9721 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
9722 ;;;;;; (14249 42166))
9723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
9725 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
9726 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
9727 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
9728 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
9730 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
9731 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
9732 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
9733 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
9735 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
9736 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
9737 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
9738 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
9739 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
9740 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
9742 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
9743 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
9745 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
9746 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
9747 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
9748 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
9749 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
9750 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
9751 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
9752 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
9753 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
9754 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
9755 The subheadings remain visible.
9756 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
9758 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
9759 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
9760 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
9762 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
9763 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
9765 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
9766 Toggle Outline minor mode.
9767 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
9768 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
9770 ;;;***
9772 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
9773 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
9774 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
9776 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
9777 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
9778 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
9779 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
9780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9781 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
9783 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9785 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
9787 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
9788 Toggle Show Paren mode.
9789 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9790 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
9792 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
9793 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
9795 ;;;***
9797 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263
9798 ;;;;;; 35958))
9799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
9801 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
9802 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
9803 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9805 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
9806 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
9808 Other useful functions are:
9810 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
9811 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
9812 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
9813 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
9814 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
9815 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
9816 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
9817 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
9818 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
9820 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
9822 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
9823 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
9824 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
9825 Indentation for case statements.
9826 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
9827 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
9828 mark after an end.
9829 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
9830 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
9831 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
9832 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
9833 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9834 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
9835 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
9836 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
9837 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
9838 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
9840 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
9841 pascal-separator-keywords.
9843 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
9844 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9846 ;;;***
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
9849 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
9852 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
9853 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
9854 The keys affected are:
9855 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
9856 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
9857 M-Backspace does undo.
9858 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
9859 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
9860 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
9862 ;;;***
9864 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
9865 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
9866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
9868 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
9869 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
9871 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
9873 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
9874 which modify the status of the mark.
9876 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
9877 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
9879 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
9880 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
9882 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
9883 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
9884 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
9885 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
9886 turning pc-selection-mode on.
9888 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
9889 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
9891 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
9892 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
9893 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
9895 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
9896 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
9897 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
9899 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
9900 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
9902 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
9903 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
9904 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
9906 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
9907 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
9908 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
9910 F6 other-window
9911 DELETE delete-char
9912 C-DELETE kill-line
9913 M-DELETE kill-word
9914 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
9915 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
9916 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
9918 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
9919 Toggle PC Selection mode.
9920 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
9921 and cursor movement commands.
9922 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
9923 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
9925 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9927 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
9929 ;;;***
9931 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
9932 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
9933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
9935 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
9936 Major mode for editing Perl code.
9937 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
9938 Tab indents for Perl code.
9939 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
9940 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9941 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9942 \\{perl-mode-map}
9943 Variables controlling indentation style:
9944 perl-tab-always-indent
9945 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
9946 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9947 perl-tab-to-comment
9948 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
9949 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
9950 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
9951 perl-nochange
9952 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
9953 perl-indent-level
9954 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
9955 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9956 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9957 perl-continued-statement-offset
9958 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9959 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9960 perl-continued-brace-offset
9961 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9962 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
9963 perl-brace-offset
9964 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9965 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
9966 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9967 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9968 perl-label-offset
9969 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
9971 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
9972 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
9973 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
9974 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
9975 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
9976 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
9977 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
9979 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
9981 ;;;***
9983 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email)
9984 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498))
9985 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el
9987 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\
9988 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
9990 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\
9991 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
9993 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\
9994 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point.
9995 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9996 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than
9997 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these
9998 onto CCSO database field names.
9999 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10000 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10001 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10002 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil)
10004 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\
10005 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver.
10006 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server
10007 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
10009 ;;;***
10011 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10012 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10013 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10015 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10016 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10017 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10018 afterwards settable by these commands:
10019 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10020 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10021 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10022 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10023 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10024 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10025 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10026 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10027 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10028 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10029 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10030 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10031 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10032 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10033 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10034 with these commands:
10035 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10036 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10037 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10038 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10039 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10040 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10041 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10042 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10043 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10044 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10045 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10046 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10047 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10048 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10049 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10050 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10051 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10052 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10053 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10054 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10055 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10056 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10057 text is saved in the kill ring.
10058 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10059 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10060 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10061 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10062 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10063 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10064 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10065 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10066 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10067 commands if invoked soon enough.
10068 You can return to the previous mode with:
10069 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10070 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10072 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10074 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
10075 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
10077 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
10079 ;;;***
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
10082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
10085 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
10086 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
10087 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
10088 can handle, whenever this is possible.
10089 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
10091 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
10092 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
10093 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
10094 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
10095 in the variable `values'." t nil)
10097 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
10098 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
10099 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
10100 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
10102 ;;;***
10104 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
10105 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
10106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
10108 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
10109 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
10110 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
10111 Commands:
10112 \\{prolog-mode-map}
10113 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
10114 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10116 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
10117 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
10119 ;;;***
10121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
10122 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
10124 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
10125 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
10126 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
10128 ;;;***
10130 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
10131 ;;;;;; 3795))
10132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
10134 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
10135 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
10137 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
10139 The following variables hold user options, and can
10140 be set through the `customize' command:
10142 ps-mode-auto-indent
10143 ps-mode-tab
10144 ps-mode-paper-size
10145 ps-mode-print-function
10146 ps-run-prompt
10147 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
10148 ps-run-x
10149 ps-run-dumb
10150 ps-run-init
10151 ps-run-error-line-numbers
10152 ps-run-tmp-dir
10154 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
10157 \\{ps-mode-map}
10160 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
10161 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
10162 The keymap for this second window is:
10164 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
10167 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
10168 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
10169 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
10170 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
10171 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
10172 " t nil)
10174 ;;;***
10176 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
10177 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font)
10178 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (14393 17619))
10179 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
10181 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
10182 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
10183 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
10185 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10187 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
10188 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
10190 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
10192 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
10194 Returns the value:
10196 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
10198 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
10199 the sequence." nil nil)
10201 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
10202 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
10204 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
10205 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
10206 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
10208 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10210 ;;;***
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
10213 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
10214 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
10215 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
10216 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14398
10217 ;;;;;; 37488))
10218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
10220 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
10221 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
10222 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
10223 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
10225 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10226 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
10228 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
10229 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
10230 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
10232 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
10233 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
10234 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
10236 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10237 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
10238 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
10239 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10240 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
10242 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
10243 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
10244 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
10246 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10247 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
10248 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
10249 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10250 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
10252 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10253 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
10254 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
10255 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
10257 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10259 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10260 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
10261 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
10262 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10263 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
10265 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10267 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
10268 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
10269 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
10271 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10273 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10274 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
10275 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
10276 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10277 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
10279 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10281 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
10282 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
10284 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
10285 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
10286 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
10288 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
10289 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
10290 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
10292 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
10293 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
10294 using the current ps-print setup.
10295 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
10296 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
10298 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10299 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
10300 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
10302 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
10303 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
10304 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
10306 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
10307 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
10309 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
10310 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
10312 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
10313 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
10315 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
10317 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
10319 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
10320 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
10322 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
10323 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
10325 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
10327 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
10329 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
10331 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
10332 foreground and background colors respectively.
10334 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
10335 bold - use bold font.
10336 italic - use italic font.
10337 underline - put a line under text.
10338 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
10339 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
10340 shadow - text will have a shadow.
10341 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
10342 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
10344 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
10346 ;;;***
10348 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
10349 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
10350 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
10351 ;;;;;; (14171 42697))
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
10354 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
10355 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
10356 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
10358 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
10359 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
10360 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
10361 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
10362 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
10363 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
10364 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
10366 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
10367 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
10368 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
10369 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
10370 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
10371 shown.
10372 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
10374 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
10376 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
10377 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
10378 command to be called.
10380 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
10381 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
10382 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
10383 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
10385 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
10386 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
10387 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
10388 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
10389 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
10390 to t.
10392 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
10393 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
10394 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
10395 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
10397 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
10398 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
10399 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
10400 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
10402 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
10403 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
10404 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
10405 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
10406 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
10407 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
10409 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
10410 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
10411 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
10412 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
10413 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
10414 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
10416 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
10417 covers Quail translation region.
10419 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
10420 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
10421 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
10422 for it) is inserted.
10424 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
10425 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
10426 vs. corresponding command to be called.
10428 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
10429 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
10430 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
10432 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
10433 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
10435 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
10436 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
10437 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
10438 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
10439 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
10441 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
10442 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
10443 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
10444 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
10445 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
10446 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
10447 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
10448 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
10449 for the translation.
10450 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
10452 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
10453 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
10455 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
10456 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
10457 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
10459 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
10460 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
10461 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
10462 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
10463 a function, or a cons.
10464 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
10465 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
10466 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
10467 for the translation.
10468 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
10469 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
10470 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
10471 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
10472 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
10474 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
10475 it is used to handle KEY.
10477 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
10478 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
10479 current Quail package.
10481 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
10482 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
10484 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
10485 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
10487 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
10488 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
10489 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
10490 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
10491 of the Emacs source tree.
10493 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
10494 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
10496 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
10497 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
10498 of each directory." t nil)
10500 ;;;***
10502 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
10503 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
10504 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14388 11185))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el
10507 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
10508 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
10509 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
10510 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
10512 To make use of this do something like:
10514 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
10516 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
10518 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
10520 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
10521 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
10523 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
10524 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
10526 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
10527 is decided." t nil)
10529 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
10531 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
10532 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
10534 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
10535 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
10537 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
10538 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
10540 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
10542 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
10544 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
10545 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
10547 ;;;***
10549 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
10550 ;;;;;; 16808))
10551 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
10553 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
10554 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
10555 See \\[compile]." t nil)
10557 ;;;***
10559 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode)
10560 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14385 19861))
10561 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
10563 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
10564 Toggle recentf mode.
10565 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10566 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
10568 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
10569 were operated on recently." t nil)
10571 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
10572 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
10574 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
10575 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
10577 ;;;***
10579 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
10580 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
10581 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
10582 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571))
10583 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
10585 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
10586 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
10587 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
10588 spaces and tab.
10590 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
10591 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
10593 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
10594 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
10595 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
10596 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
10597 ends.
10599 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10600 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
10601 to be deleted." t nil)
10603 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
10604 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
10605 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
10607 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10608 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
10609 deleted." nil nil)
10611 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
10612 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
10613 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
10615 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
10616 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
10618 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10619 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
10621 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
10622 deleted." t nil)
10624 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
10625 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
10627 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
10628 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
10629 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
10630 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
10631 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
10632 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
10633 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
10635 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
10636 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
10638 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
10639 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
10641 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10642 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
10643 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
10644 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
10646 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
10647 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
10648 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
10649 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
10650 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
10652 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10653 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
10655 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
10656 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
10658 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10659 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
10660 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
10662 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
10663 Blank out the region-rectangle.
10664 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
10666 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
10667 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
10668 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
10670 ;;;***
10672 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
10673 ;;;;;; (14315 19661))
10674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
10676 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
10677 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
10679 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
10680 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
10682 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
10683 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
10685 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
10686 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
10687 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
10688 \\ref macro.
10690 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
10691 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
10692 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
10694 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
10695 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
10696 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
10698 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
10699 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
10701 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
10702 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
10704 \\{reftex-mode-map}
10705 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
10706 on the menu bar.
10708 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
10710 ;;;***
10712 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
10713 ;;;;;; (14315 19188))
10714 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
10716 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
10717 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
10718 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
10719 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
10720 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
10721 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
10723 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
10725 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
10726 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
10727 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
10728 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
10730 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
10731 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
10732 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
10733 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
10735 ;;;***
10737 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
10738 ;;;;;; (14334 30885))
10739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
10741 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
10742 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
10743 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
10744 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
10745 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
10746 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
10748 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
10749 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))
10751 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs.
10752 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil)
10754 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
10755 Return the depth of REGEXP.
10756 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
10757 in REGEXP." nil nil)
10759 ;;;***
10761 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
10762 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
10764 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
10765 Repeat most recently executed command.
10766 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
10767 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
10768 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
10770 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
10771 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
10772 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
10774 ;;;***
10776 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
10777 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
10778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
10780 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
10781 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
10783 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
10784 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
10785 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
10787 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
10788 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
10789 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
10790 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
10791 left after that text.
10793 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
10794 is non-nil.
10796 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
10797 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
10798 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
10799 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
10801 ;;;***
10803 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
10804 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
10807 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
10808 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
10809 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
10810 visibility of comments that precede it.
10811 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
10812 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
10813 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
10814 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
10815 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
10816 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
10817 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
10818 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
10819 the comment lines.
10820 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
10821 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
10822 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
10823 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
10824 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
10825 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
10827 ;;;***
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
10830 ;;;;;; 50658))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
10833 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
10834 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
10836 ;;;***
10838 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
10839 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
10842 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
10843 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
10845 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
10846 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
10848 ;;;***
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
10852 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10854 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
10855 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
10856 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
10857 other arguments for `rlogin'.
10859 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
10861 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
10862 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
10863 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
10864 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
10866 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
10867 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
10869 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
10870 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
10872 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
10873 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
10874 INPUT-ARGS.
10876 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
10877 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
10878 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
10879 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
10880 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
10882 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
10883 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
10884 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
10885 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
10887 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
10888 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
10889 variable." t nil)
10891 ;;;***
10893 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
10894 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
10895 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
10896 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
10897 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
10898 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14384 5882))
10899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
10901 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
10902 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
10903 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
10904 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
10906 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
10907 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
10908 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
10909 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
10910 value is the user's name.)
10911 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
10913 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
10914 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
10915 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
10916 which normally happens once for each message,
10917 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
10918 To make a change in this variable take effect
10919 for a message that you have already viewed,
10920 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
10922 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
10923 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
10924 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
10925 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
10927 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
10928 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
10930 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
10931 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
10932 A value of nil means don't highlight.
10933 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
10935 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
10936 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
10938 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
10939 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
10941 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
10942 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
10943 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
10944 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
10945 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
10947 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
10948 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
10950 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
10951 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
10953 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
10954 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
10956 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
10957 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
10959 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
10960 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
10962 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
10963 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
10965 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
10966 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
10967 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
10968 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
10970 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
10971 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
10973 This is set to nil by default.")
10975 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
10976 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
10977 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
10978 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
10979 until a user explicitly requires it.")
10981 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
10982 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
10984 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
10985 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
10986 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
10987 this feature is required with `require'.")
10989 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
10990 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
10991 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
10992 the message is decoded as normal way.
10994 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
10995 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
10996 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
10998 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
10999 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
11000 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
11002 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
11003 Read and edit incoming mail.
11004 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
11005 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
11006 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
11008 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
11009 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
11010 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
11011 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
11013 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
11015 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
11016 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
11017 All normal editing commands are turned off.
11018 Instead, these commands are available:
11020 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
11021 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
11022 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
11023 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
11024 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
11025 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
11026 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
11027 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
11028 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
11029 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
11030 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
11031 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
11032 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
11033 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
11034 till a deleted message is found.
11035 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
11036 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
11037 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
11038 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
11039 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
11040 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
11041 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
11042 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
11043 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
11044 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
11045 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
11046 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
11047 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
11048 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
11049 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
11050 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
11051 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
11052 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
11053 (label defaults to last one specified).
11054 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
11055 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
11056 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
11057 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
11058 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
11059 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
11060 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
11061 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
11062 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
11064 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
11065 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
11067 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
11068 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
11070 ;;;***
11072 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
11073 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
11076 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
11077 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
11079 ;;;***
11081 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
11082 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
11083 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
11086 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
11087 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
11088 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
11090 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
11091 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
11092 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
11094 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
11096 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
11097 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
11098 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
11099 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
11100 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
11102 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
11103 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
11104 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
11105 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
11106 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
11108 ;;;***
11110 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
11111 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
11114 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
11115 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
11116 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
11117 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
11119 ;;;***
11121 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
11122 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
11123 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
11124 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
11126 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
11127 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
11128 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
11129 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
11130 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
11131 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
11132 a file name as a string.")
11134 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
11135 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
11136 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
11137 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
11138 buffer visiting that file.
11139 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
11140 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
11142 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
11143 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11145 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11146 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
11148 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
11149 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
11151 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
11152 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
11153 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11154 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
11155 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
11157 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
11158 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
11159 will be appended with their original headers.
11161 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
11162 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11164 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
11165 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
11167 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
11169 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
11170 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
11171 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
11173 ;;;***
11175 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
11176 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
11177 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
11178 ;;;;;; 26387))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
11181 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
11182 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
11183 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11185 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
11186 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
11187 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11189 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
11190 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
11191 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11193 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
11194 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
11195 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11197 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
11198 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
11199 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11201 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
11202 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
11203 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11205 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
11206 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
11207 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
11208 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
11210 ;;;***
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
11213 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
11214 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
11215 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (14181 58940))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
11219 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
11220 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
11222 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
11223 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
11225 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
11226 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
11228 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
11229 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
11230 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
11232 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
11233 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
11234 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
11235 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
11236 only look in the To and From fields.
11237 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
11239 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
11240 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
11241 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
11242 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
11243 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
11245 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
11246 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
11247 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
11248 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
11249 look in the whole message.
11250 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
11252 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
11253 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
11254 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
11256 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
11257 *Function to decode summary-line.
11259 By default, `identity' is set.")
11261 ;;;***
11263 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
11264 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
11265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
11267 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
11268 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
11269 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
11270 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
11272 ;;;***
11274 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
11275 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866))
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
11278 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
11279 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
11280 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
11282 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
11283 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
11285 ;;;***
11287 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
11288 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
11289 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
11290 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
11293 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
11294 *This variable is obsolete.")
11296 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11298 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
11300 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
11301 *This variable is obsolete.")
11303 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
11304 *This variable is obsolete.")
11306 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
11307 *This variable is obsolete.")
11309 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
11310 *This variable is obsolete.")
11312 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
11313 *This variable is obsolete.")
11315 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
11316 This function is obsolete." t nil)
11318 ;;;***
11320 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
11321 ;;;;;; (13730 30380))
11322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
11324 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
11325 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
11326 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
11328 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
11329 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
11330 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
11331 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
11332 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
11333 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
11335 Commands:
11336 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11337 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
11338 \\{scheme-mode-map}
11339 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
11340 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11342 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
11343 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
11344 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
11346 Commands:
11347 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11348 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
11349 \\{scheme-mode-map}
11350 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
11351 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
11352 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
11354 ;;;***
11356 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
11357 ;;;;;; (14030 49534))
11358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
11360 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
11361 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
11362 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
11364 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
11366 ;;;***
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
11369 ;;;;;; 55098))
11370 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
11372 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
11373 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
11374 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
11375 \\{scribe-mode-map}
11377 Interesting variables:
11379 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
11380 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
11382 scribe-electric-quote
11383 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
11385 scribe-electric-parenthesis
11386 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
11387 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
11389 ;;;***
11391 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
11392 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
11393 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
11394 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
11395 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14256 32531))
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
11398 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
11399 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
11401 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11402 king@grassland.com
11403 If `parens', they look like:
11404 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11405 If `angles', they look like:
11406 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11407 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
11408 derived from the envelope-from address.
11410 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
11411 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
11412 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
11413 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
11415 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
11416 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
11417 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
11419 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
11420 is a privileged operation.")
11422 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
11423 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
11424 This is done when the message is initialized,
11425 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
11427 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
11428 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
11429 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
11431 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
11432 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
11434 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
11435 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11436 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
11437 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
11439 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
11440 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
11442 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
11443 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
11444 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
11446 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
11447 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
11448 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
11449 when you first send mail.")
11451 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
11452 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
11453 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
11454 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
11455 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
11457 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
11458 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
11459 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
11460 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
11461 This file need not actually exist.")
11463 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
11464 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
11465 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
11466 If a string, that string is inserted.
11467 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
11468 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
11469 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
11470 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
11472 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
11473 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
11474 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
11475 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
11476 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11477 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
11478 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
11479 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
11480 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
11481 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
11482 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
11483 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
11484 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
11486 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
11487 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
11488 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11489 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
11490 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
11491 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
11493 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
11494 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
11495 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
11497 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
11498 User should not set this variable manually,
11499 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
11500 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
11501 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
11502 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
11504 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
11505 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
11506 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
11507 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
11509 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
11510 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
11512 \\<mail-mode-map>
11513 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
11515 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
11516 to move to message header fields:
11517 \\{mail-mode-map}
11519 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
11520 when the message is initialized.
11522 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
11523 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
11525 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
11526 is inserted.
11528 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
11529 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
11531 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
11532 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
11534 The second through fifth arguments,
11535 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
11536 the initial contents of those header fields.
11537 These arguments should not have final newlines.
11538 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
11539 original message being replied to, or else an action
11540 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
11541 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
11542 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
11543 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
11544 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
11545 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
11547 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
11548 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11550 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
11551 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11553 ;;;***
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
11558 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
11559 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
11560 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
11561 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
11562 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
11563 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
11565 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
11567 ;;;***
11569 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
11570 ;;;;;; (14363 23704))
11571 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
11573 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
11574 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
11575 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
11576 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
11577 `sgml-quick-keys'.
11579 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
11580 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
11581 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
11583 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
11584 your `.emacs' file.
11586 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
11588 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
11589 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
11590 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
11592 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
11593 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
11594 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
11595 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
11596 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
11597 which this is based.
11599 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
11601 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
11602 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
11603 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
11604 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
11606 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
11607 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
11608 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
11610 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
11611 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
11612 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
11613 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
11615 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
11616 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
11617 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
11618 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
11620 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
11622 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
11623 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
11624 To work around that, do:
11625 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
11627 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
11629 ;;;***
11631 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
11632 ;;;;;; (14344 1082))
11633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
11635 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
11637 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
11638 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
11639 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
11640 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
11641 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
11642 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
11644 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
11645 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
11646 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
11647 shell-specific features.
11649 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
11650 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
11651 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
11653 \\[sh-case] case statement
11654 \\[sh-for] for loop
11655 \\[sh-function] function definition
11656 \\[sh-if] if statement
11657 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
11658 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
11659 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
11660 \\[sh-select] select loop
11661 \\[sh-until] until loop
11662 \\[sh-while] while loop
11664 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
11665 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
11666 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
11667 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
11668 would indent to the way it currently is.
11669 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
11670 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
11673 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
11674 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
11675 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
11676 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
11677 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
11678 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
11680 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
11681 {, (, [, ', \", `
11682 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
11684 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
11685 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
11686 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
11688 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
11689 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
11691 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
11693 ;;;***
11695 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
11696 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
11697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
11699 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
11700 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
11702 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
11703 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
11704 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
11705 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
11706 the earlier.
11708 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
11710 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
11712 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
11713 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
11714 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
11716 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
11717 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
11719 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
11720 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
11721 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
11722 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
11723 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
11724 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
11725 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
11726 emacs version).
11728 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
11729 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
11730 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
11731 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
11732 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
11734 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
11735 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
11736 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
11738 ;;;***
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
11741 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
11744 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
11745 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
11746 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
11747 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
11748 shell buffer.
11750 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
11751 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
11752 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
11754 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
11756 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
11757 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
11758 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
11759 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
11760 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
11761 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
11762 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
11763 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
11764 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
11765 discards input when it starts up.)
11766 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
11767 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
11768 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
11770 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
11771 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
11772 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
11773 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
11774 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
11775 `default-process-coding-system'.
11777 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
11778 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
11779 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
11780 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
11782 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
11783 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
11785 ;;;***
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
11788 ;;;;;; 23740))
11789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
11791 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
11792 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
11793 \\{simula-mode-map}
11794 Variables controlling indentation style:
11795 simula-tab-always-indent
11796 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
11797 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11798 simula-indent-level
11799 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
11800 simula-substatement-offset
11801 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
11802 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
11803 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
11804 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
11805 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
11806 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
11807 simula-label-offset -4711
11808 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
11809 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
11810 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
11811 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
11812 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
11813 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
11814 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
11815 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
11816 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
11817 simula-electric-indent nil
11818 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
11819 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
11820 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
11821 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
11822 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
11823 or nil if they should not be changed.
11824 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
11825 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
11826 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
11827 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
11829 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
11830 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
11832 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
11833 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
11834 at all." t nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
11839 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
11840 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
11843 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
11844 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
11846 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
11847 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
11848 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
11849 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
11850 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
11852 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
11853 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
11854 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
11855 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
11856 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
11857 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
11858 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
11860 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
11861 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
11862 ignored." t nil)
11864 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
11865 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
11866 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
11867 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
11868 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
11869 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
11870 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
11872 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
11873 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
11874 ignored." t nil)
11876 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
11877 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
11879 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
11880 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
11881 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
11882 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
11884 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
11885 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
11886 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
11887 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
11889 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
11890 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
11891 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
11893 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
11894 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
11896 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
11897 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
11899 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
11900 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
11901 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
11902 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
11903 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
11904 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
11905 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
11906 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
11907 nil skipped
11909 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
11910 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
11911 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
11912 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
11913 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
11914 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
11915 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
11916 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
11918 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
11919 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
11920 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
11921 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
11922 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
11923 available:
11925 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
11926 then: insert previously read string once more
11927 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
11928 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
11929 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
11931 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
11932 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
11934 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
11935 Insert the character you type ARG times.
11937 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
11938 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
11939 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
11940 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
11942 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
11943 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
11944 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
11946 ;;;***
11948 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
11949 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
11952 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
11954 ;;;***
11956 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
11957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
11959 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
11960 Play the Snake game.
11961 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
11963 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
11965 snake-mode keybindings:
11966 \\<snake-mode-map>
11967 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
11968 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
11969 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
11970 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
11971 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
11972 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
11973 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
11975 " t nil)
11977 ;;;***
11979 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
11980 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
11983 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
11984 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
11985 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
11986 Tab indents for C code.
11987 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
11988 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11989 \\{snmp-mode-map}
11990 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
11991 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
11993 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
11994 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
11995 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
11996 Tab indents for C code.
11997 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
11998 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11999 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12000 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
12001 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
12003 ;;;***
12005 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
12006 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
12007 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
12010 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
12011 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
12013 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
12014 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
12015 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
12017 For example, the form
12019 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
12020 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
12022 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
12024 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
12025 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12027 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12028 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
12029 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
12030 York City.
12032 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12034 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
12035 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12037 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12038 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
12039 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
12040 York City.
12042 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12044 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
12045 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
12046 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
12047 pair.
12049 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12051 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
12052 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
12053 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
12055 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
12056 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
12058 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
12060 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
12061 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
12062 Requires floating point." nil nil)
12064 ;;;***
12066 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
12067 ;;;;;; 20348))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
12070 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
12071 Play Solitaire.
12073 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
12074 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
12075 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
12076 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
12077 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
12078 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
12079 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
12080 check after each move or undo)
12082 What is Solitaire?
12084 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
12085 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
12086 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
12088 Le Solitaire
12089 ============
12091 o o o
12093 o o o
12095 o o o o o o o
12097 o o o . o o o
12099 o o o o o o o
12101 o o o
12103 o o o
12105 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
12106 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
12107 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
12108 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
12110 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
12111 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
12112 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
12113 this: o o .
12115 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
12116 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
12118 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
12120 o o o
12122 . o o
12124 o o . o o o o
12126 o . o o o o o
12128 o o o o o o o
12130 o o o
12132 o o o
12134 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
12136 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
12138 ;;;***
12140 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
12141 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
12142 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43541))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
12145 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
12146 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
12147 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
12149 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
12150 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
12151 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
12152 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
12153 contiguous.
12155 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
12156 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
12157 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12158 the sort order.
12160 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
12161 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
12163 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
12164 It moves point to the start of the next record.
12165 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
12166 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
12167 is called.
12169 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
12170 It should move point to the end of the record.
12172 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
12173 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
12174 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
12175 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
12176 starts at the beginning of the record.
12178 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
12179 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
12180 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
12182 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
12183 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12184 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12185 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12186 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12187 the sort order." t nil)
12189 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
12190 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12191 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12192 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12193 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12194 the sort order." t nil)
12196 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
12197 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12198 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12199 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12200 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12201 the sort order." t nil)
12203 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
12204 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
12205 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
12206 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
12207 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
12208 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12209 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
12211 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
12212 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
12213 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
12214 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
12215 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12216 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
12217 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12218 the sort order." t nil)
12220 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
12221 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
12222 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
12223 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
12224 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
12225 is to be used for sorting.
12226 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
12227 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
12228 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
12229 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
12230 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
12232 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
12234 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12235 the sort order.
12237 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
12238 starting with the letter \"f\",
12239 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
12241 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
12242 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
12243 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
12244 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
12245 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
12246 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
12247 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12248 the sort order.
12250 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
12251 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
12252 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
12253 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
12254 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
12256 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
12257 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
12258 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
12260 ;;;***
12262 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
12263 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
12264 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
12266 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
12268 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
12269 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
12270 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
12271 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
12272 supported at a time.
12273 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
12274 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
12276 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
12277 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
12278 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
12279 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
12281 ;;;***
12283 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
12284 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
12287 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12289 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
12290 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
12291 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
12292 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
12293 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
12294 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
12296 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
12297 Check spelling of word at or before point.
12298 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
12299 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
12301 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
12302 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
12303 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
12304 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
12305 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
12307 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
12308 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
12310 ;;;***
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
12313 ;;;;;; 43485))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
12316 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
12317 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
12319 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
12320 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
12322 ;;;***
12324 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
12325 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
12326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
12328 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
12329 Show short help for the SQL modes.
12331 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
12332 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
12334 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
12336 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
12338 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
12340 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
12341 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
12342 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
12343 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
12344 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
12345 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
12346 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
12348 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
12350 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
12351 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
12352 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
12353 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
12355 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
12356 entry function you want to use regularly:
12358 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
12360 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
12361 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
12362 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
12363 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
12365 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
12366 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
12367 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
12369 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
12370 Major mode to edit SQL.
12372 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
12373 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
12374 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
12376 \\{sql-mode-map}
12377 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
12379 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
12380 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
12381 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
12382 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
12383 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
12384 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
12386 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
12387 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
12389 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
12390 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
12392 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
12393 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
12394 `*SQL*'.
12396 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
12397 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
12399 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
12400 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
12402 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12403 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12404 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12405 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
12406 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12407 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
12408 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
12409 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
12411 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
12412 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
12414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12416 ;;;***
12418 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
12419 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
12420 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
12421 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462))
12422 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
12424 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
12425 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
12427 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
12428 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
12429 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
12430 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
12431 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
12432 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
12434 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
12436 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
12437 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
12438 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
12439 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
12440 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
12441 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
12442 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
12444 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
12445 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
12446 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
12447 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
12448 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
12449 then complete the stroke with button3.
12450 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
12452 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
12453 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
12454 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
12456 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
12457 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
12458 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
12460 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
12461 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
12463 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
12465 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
12466 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
12468 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
12469 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
12471 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
12473 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
12474 Toggle strokes being enabled.
12475 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
12476 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
12477 mode in all buffers when activated.
12478 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
12479 new strokes with
12481 > M-x global-set-stroke
12483 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
12484 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
12485 strokes with
12487 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
12488 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
12490 ;;;***
12492 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
12493 ;;;;;; (14385 23097))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
12496 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
12497 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
12498 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
12499 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
12500 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
12501 original message but it does require a few things:
12503 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
12505 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
12506 reply buffer.
12508 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
12509 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
12510 original message.
12512 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
12514 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
12516 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
12517 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
12518 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
12520 ;;;***
12522 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735))
12523 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
12525 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
12526 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
12527 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
12528 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
12529 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
12531 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
12532 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
12533 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
12534 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
12535 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
12536 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
12537 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
12539 ;;;***
12541 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
12544 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
12545 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
12547 ;;;***
12549 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14293 62779))
12550 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
12552 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
12553 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
12554 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
12555 Letters no longer insert themselves.
12556 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
12557 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
12558 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
12560 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
12561 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
12562 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
12563 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
12565 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
12566 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
12568 ;;;***
12570 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
12571 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
12572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
12574 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
12575 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
12576 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
12577 Tab indents for Tcl code.
12578 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12579 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12581 Variables controlling indentation style:
12582 tcl-indent-level
12583 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
12584 tcl-continued-indent-level
12585 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
12587 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
12588 documentation for details):
12589 tcl-tab-always-indent
12590 Controls action of TAB key.
12591 tcl-auto-newline
12592 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
12593 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
12594 tcl-electric-hash-style
12595 Controls action of `#' key.
12596 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
12597 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
12598 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
12599 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
12600 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
12601 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
12603 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
12604 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
12605 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
12606 already exist.
12608 Commands:
12609 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
12611 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
12612 Run inferior Tcl process.
12613 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
12614 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
12616 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
12617 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
12618 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
12620 ;;;***
12622 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
12624 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12626 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
12627 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
12628 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
12629 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
12630 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
12631 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
12632 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
12633 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
12635 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
12636 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
12637 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
12638 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
12640 ;;;***
12642 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
12643 ;;;;;; 17354))
12644 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
12646 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
12647 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
12648 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
12649 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
12650 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
12651 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
12653 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
12654 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
12656 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
12657 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
12659 ;;;***
12661 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
12662 ;;;;;; 10588))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
12665 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
12666 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
12667 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
12668 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
12669 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
12670 program as keyboard input.
12672 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
12673 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
12674 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
12675 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
12677 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
12678 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
12679 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
12680 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
12681 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
12683 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
12685 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
12686 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
12687 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
12688 terminal-redisplay-interval.
12690 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
12691 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
12692 subprocess started." t nil)
12694 ;;;***
12696 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
12699 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
12700 Play the Tetris game.
12701 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
12702 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
12703 as to form complete rows.
12705 tetris-mode keybindings:
12706 \\<tetris-mode-map>
12707 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
12708 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
12709 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12710 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
12711 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
12712 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
12713 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
12714 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
12716 " t nil)
12718 ;;;***
12720 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
12721 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
12722 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12723 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
12724 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
12725 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
12726 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
12727 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
12728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
12730 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
12731 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
12733 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
12734 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
12735 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
12736 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
12737 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
12739 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
12740 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
12741 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
12742 if it matches the first line of the file,
12743 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
12745 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
12746 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
12747 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
12748 if the variable is non-nil.")
12750 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
12751 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
12753 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
12754 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
12755 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12756 See the documentation of that variable.")
12758 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
12759 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
12760 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12761 See the documentation of that variable.")
12763 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
12764 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
12765 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
12766 See the documentation of that variable.")
12768 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
12769 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
12770 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
12771 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
12773 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
12774 *User defined LaTeX block names.
12775 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
12777 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
12778 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
12779 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12780 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
12782 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
12783 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12784 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12785 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
12787 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
12788 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
12789 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12790 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
12792 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
12793 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
12794 for example,
12796 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12797 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
12799 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
12800 use.")
12802 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
12803 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
12804 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
12805 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
12807 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
12808 window system being used. For example,
12810 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
12811 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
12813 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
12814 otherwise.")
12816 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
12817 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
12818 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
12820 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
12821 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
12822 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
12823 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
12824 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
12826 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
12827 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
12829 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
12830 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
12832 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12833 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
12834 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
12835 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
12836 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
12837 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
12838 says which mode to use." t nil)
12840 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
12842 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
12844 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
12846 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12847 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
12848 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12849 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12850 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12852 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
12853 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
12854 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12855 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12856 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12857 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12858 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12860 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12861 mismatched $'s or braces.
12863 Special commands:
12864 \\{tex-mode-map}
12866 Mode variables:
12867 tex-run-command
12868 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12869 tex-directory
12870 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
12871 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12872 tex-dvi-print-command
12873 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12874 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12875 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12876 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12877 tex-dvi-view-command
12878 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12879 tex-show-queue-command
12880 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12881 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12883 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
12884 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
12885 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12887 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12888 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
12889 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12890 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12891 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12893 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
12894 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
12895 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12896 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12897 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12898 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12899 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12901 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12902 mismatched $'s or braces.
12904 Special commands:
12905 \\{tex-mode-map}
12907 Mode variables:
12908 latex-run-command
12909 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12910 tex-directory
12911 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
12912 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12913 tex-dvi-print-command
12914 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12915 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12916 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12917 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12918 tex-dvi-view-command
12919 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12920 tex-show-queue-command
12921 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12922 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12924 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
12925 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
12926 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12928 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
12929 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
12930 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
12931 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
12932 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
12934 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
12935 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
12936 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
12937 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
12938 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
12939 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
12940 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
12942 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
12943 mismatched $'s or braces.
12945 Special commands:
12946 \\{tex-mode-map}
12948 Mode variables:
12949 slitex-run-command
12950 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12951 tex-directory
12952 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
12953 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
12954 tex-dvi-print-command
12955 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
12956 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
12957 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
12958 argument) to print a .dvi file.
12959 tex-dvi-view-command
12960 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
12961 tex-show-queue-command
12962 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
12963 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
12965 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
12966 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
12967 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
12968 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
12970 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
12972 ;;;***
12974 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
12975 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14263 36003))
12976 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
12978 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
12979 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
12980 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
12981 name specified in the @setfilename command.
12983 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
12984 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
12985 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
12987 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
12988 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
12989 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
12990 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
12991 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
12993 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
12994 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
12995 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
12996 names specified in the @setfilename command.
12998 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
12999 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
13000 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
13001 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
13003 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
13004 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
13006 ;;;***
13008 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
13009 ;;;;;; (14302 8279))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
13012 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
13013 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
13015 It has these extra commands:
13016 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
13018 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
13019 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
13020 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
13021 modified version of TeX input format.
13023 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
13024 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
13025 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
13026 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
13028 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
13029 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
13030 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
13031 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
13032 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
13033 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
13034 in the Texinfo file.
13036 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
13037 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
13038 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
13039 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
13040 move forward past the closing brace.
13042 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
13043 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
13045 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
13046 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
13047 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
13049 Here are the functions:
13051 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
13052 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
13053 texinfo-sequential-node-update
13055 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
13056 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
13057 texinfo-master-menu
13059 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
13061 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
13062 which menu descriptions are indented.
13064 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
13065 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
13066 in the region.
13068 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
13069 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
13070 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
13071 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
13073 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
13074 be the first node in the file.
13076 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
13077 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
13079 ;;;***
13081 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
13082 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
13083 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
13084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
13086 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
13087 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
13088 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
13090 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
13091 keybindings, are:
13093 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
13094 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
13095 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
13097 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
13098 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
13099 texinfo-master-menu ()
13101 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
13103 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
13104 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
13106 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13107 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
13109 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13110 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
13112 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
13113 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
13114 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
13115 `p' takes you straight through the file.
13117 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
13118 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
13119 marked region.
13121 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
13122 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
13123 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
13124 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
13126 ;;;***
13128 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-pre-write-conversion thai-post-read-conversion
13129 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
13130 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
13131 ;;;;;; (13969 36846))
13132 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
13134 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
13135 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
13137 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
13138 Compose Thai characters in the region.
13139 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13140 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
13142 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
13143 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
13145 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
13146 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
13148 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
13150 (autoload (quote thai-pre-write-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
13152 ;;;***
13154 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
13155 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
13158 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
13159 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
13161 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
13162 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
13163 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
13164 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
13165 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
13167 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
13168 a symbol as a valid THING.
13170 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
13171 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
13173 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
13174 Return the THING at point.
13175 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
13176 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
13177 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
13179 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
13180 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
13182 ;;;***
13184 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
13185 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-compose-region
13186 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-composition tibetan-compose-string
13187 ;;;;;; tibetan-vertical-stacking tibetan-complete-char-examin tibetan-composable-examin
13188 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-examin tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
13189 ;;;;;; setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el"
13190 ;;;;;; (13994 41130))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
13193 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
13195 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
13196 Return a transcription string of Tibetan character CH" nil nil)
13198 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
13199 Translate Roman transcription into a sequence of Tibetan components." nil nil)
13201 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
13202 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
13203 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
13205 (autoload (quote tibetan-composable-examin) "tibet-util" "\
13206 Check if Tibetan char CH is composable.
13207 Returns t if CH is a composable char (i.e. neither punctuation nor digit)." nil nil)
13209 (autoload (quote tibetan-complete-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
13210 Check if composite char CH contains one or more vowel/vowel modifiers.
13211 Returns non-nil, if CH contains vowel/vowel modifiers." nil nil)
13213 (autoload (quote tibetan-vertical-stacking) "tibet-util" "\
13214 Return a vertically stacked composite char consisting of FIRST and SECOND.
13215 If UPWARD is non-nil, then SECOND is put above FIRST." nil nil)
13217 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
13218 Compose a sequence of Tibetan character components into a composite character.
13219 Returns a string containing a composite character." nil nil)
13221 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition) "tibet-util" "\
13222 Interface to quail input method.
13223 Takes two arguments: char PC and string KEY, where PC is the preceding
13224 character to be composed with current input KEY.
13225 Returns a string which is the result of composition." nil nil)
13227 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
13228 Decompose Tibetan characters in the region BEG END into their components.
13229 Components are: base and subjoined consonants, vowel signs, vowel modifiers.
13230 One column punctuations are converted to their 2 column equivalents." t nil)
13232 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
13233 Make composite chars from Tibetan character components in the region BEG END.
13234 Two column punctuations are converted to their 1 column equivalents." t nil)
13236 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
13237 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
13238 See also docstring of the function tibetan-decompose-region." t nil)
13240 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
13241 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
13242 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
13244 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
13246 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
13248 ;;;***
13250 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
13251 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
13252 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
13254 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
13255 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
13256 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
13257 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
13258 parameters.
13259 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
13261 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
13262 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
13263 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
13264 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
13265 parameters.
13266 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
13268 ;;;***
13270 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
13271 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14321 15854))
13272 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
13274 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
13275 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
13276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13277 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
13279 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13281 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
13283 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
13284 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
13286 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
13287 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
13288 This display updates automatically every minute.
13289 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
13290 are displayed as well.
13291 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
13293 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
13294 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
13295 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
13297 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
13298 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
13299 are displayed as well.
13300 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
13302 ;;;***
13304 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
13305 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
13306 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
13308 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
13309 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
13310 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
13311 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
13312 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
13313 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
13314 look like one of the following:
13315 Time-stamp: <>
13316 Time-stamp: \" \"
13317 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
13318 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
13319 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
13320 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
13321 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
13322 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
13323 template." t nil)
13325 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
13326 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
13327 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
13329 ;;;***
13331 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
13332 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
13333 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
13334 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
13336 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
13338 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
13339 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
13341 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
13342 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
13344 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
13345 Perform an action at time TIME.
13346 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
13347 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
13348 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
13349 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
13350 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
13351 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
13353 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
13355 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
13356 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
13357 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
13358 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
13359 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
13361 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
13363 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
13364 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
13365 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
13366 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
13368 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
13369 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
13370 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
13371 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
13372 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
13374 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
13375 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
13377 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
13378 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
13379 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
13380 The call should look like:
13381 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
13382 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
13383 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
13384 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
13385 be detected." nil (quote macro))
13387 ;;;***
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
13390 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
13391 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
13393 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
13394 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
13395 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
13396 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
13398 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
13399 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
13400 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
13401 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
13402 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
13403 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
13404 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
13406 ;;;***
13408 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
13409 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6780))
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
13411 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
13412 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
13413 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
13415 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
13416 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
13417 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
13418 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
13419 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
13421 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
13422 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
13423 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
13424 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
13425 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
13427 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
13428 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
13429 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
13430 in the menu in two ways:
13431 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
13432 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
13433 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
13435 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
13436 keymap or an alist of alists.
13437 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
13438 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
13440 ;;;***
13442 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
13443 ;;;;;; (14268 20081))
13444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
13446 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
13447 Mode for tooltip display.
13448 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
13450 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
13451 Toggle tooltip-mode.
13452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13453 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
13455 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13457 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
13459 ;;;***
13461 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
13462 ;;;;;; 63726))
13463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
13465 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
13467 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
13469 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
13470 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
13472 ;;;***
13474 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
13475 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
13476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
13478 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
13479 Set scroll margins." t nil)
13481 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
13482 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
13484 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
13485 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
13487 ;;;***
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
13490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
13492 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
13493 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
13494 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
13495 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
13496 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
13498 ;;;***
13500 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
13501 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
13504 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
13505 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
13507 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
13508 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
13509 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
13510 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
13511 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
13512 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
13513 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
13514 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
13516 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
13517 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
13518 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
13519 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
13520 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
13521 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
13522 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
13524 ;;;***
13526 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
13527 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
13528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
13529 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
13530 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
13531 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
13533 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
13534 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
13535 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
13536 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
13537 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
13538 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
13539 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
13541 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
13542 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
13543 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
13544 accepting the proposed default buffer.
13546 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
13548 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
13549 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
13550 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
13551 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
13552 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
13553 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
13554 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
13556 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
13557 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
13559 First column's text sSs Second column's text
13560 \\___/\\
13561 / \\
13562 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
13564 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
13566 ;;;***
13568 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
13569 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
13570 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
13571 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
13572 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
13574 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
13575 Toggle typing break mode.
13576 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
13577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13578 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
13580 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13582 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
13584 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
13585 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
13587 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
13588 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
13590 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
13591 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
13592 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
13594 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
13595 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
13597 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
13598 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
13599 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
13601 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
13602 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
13603 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
13604 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
13605 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
13606 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
13608 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
13609 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
13610 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
13611 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
13613 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
13614 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
13616 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
13617 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
13619 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
13620 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
13621 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
13623 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
13624 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
13625 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
13626 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
13627 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
13628 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
13629 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
13631 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
13632 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
13634 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
13635 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
13636 reset the keystroke counter.
13638 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
13639 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
13640 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
13641 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
13643 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
13644 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
13645 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
13646 `type-break-schedule' command.
13648 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
13649 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
13650 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
13651 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
13652 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
13653 or not to continue.
13655 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
13656 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
13657 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
13658 approximate good values for this.
13660 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
13661 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
13663 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
13664 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
13665 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
13666 `type-break-warning-repeat'
13667 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
13668 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
13670 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
13671 a typing break occur. They include:
13673 `type-break-query-mode'
13674 `type-break-query-function'
13675 `type-break-query-interval'
13677 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
13679 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
13680 Take a typing break.
13682 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
13683 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
13685 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
13686 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
13688 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
13689 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
13690 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
13691 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
13693 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
13694 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
13696 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
13697 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
13698 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
13699 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
13700 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
13701 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
13702 average typing speed.)
13704 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
13705 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
13706 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
13707 the computed maximum threshold.
13709 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
13710 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
13711 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
13712 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
13713 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
13715 ;;;***
13717 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
13718 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
13719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
13721 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
13722 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
13723 Works by overstriking underscores.
13724 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
13725 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
13727 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
13728 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
13729 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
13730 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
13732 ;;;***
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
13735 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35727))
13736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
13738 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
13739 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
13740 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
13742 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
13743 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
13744 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
13745 following the containing message." t nil)
13747 ;;;***
13749 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
13750 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
13753 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
13754 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
13755 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
13756 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
13757 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
13758 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
13760 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
13761 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
13763 ;;;***
13765 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
13766 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
13767 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
13769 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
13770 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
13771 This function has a choice of three things to do:
13772 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
13773 to refrain from editing the file
13774 return t (grab the lock on the file)
13775 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
13776 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
13777 in any way you like." nil nil)
13779 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
13780 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
13781 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
13782 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
13783 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
13785 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
13786 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
13788 ;;;***
13790 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
13791 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
13792 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
13793 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
13794 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
13795 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14406
13796 ;;;;;; 32852))
13797 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
13799 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
13800 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
13801 See `run-hooks'.")
13803 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
13804 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
13805 See `run-hooks'.")
13807 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
13808 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
13810 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
13811 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
13812 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
13813 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
13814 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
13815 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
13817 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
13818 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
13819 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
13820 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
13822 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
13823 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
13824 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
13825 it will operate on the file in the current line.
13826 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
13827 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
13828 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
13829 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
13830 lock steals will raise an error.
13831 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
13833 For RCS and SCCS files:
13834 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
13835 control.
13836 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
13837 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
13838 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
13839 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
13840 it performs a revert.
13841 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
13842 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
13843 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
13844 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
13845 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
13846 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
13847 the option to steal the lock.
13849 For CVS files:
13850 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
13851 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
13852 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
13853 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
13854 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
13855 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
13856 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
13857 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
13858 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
13860 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
13861 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
13863 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
13864 Display diffs between file versions.
13865 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
13866 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
13867 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
13868 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
13870 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
13871 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
13872 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
13873 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
13875 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
13876 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
13877 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
13878 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
13880 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
13882 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
13883 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
13884 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
13886 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
13888 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
13889 Make a snapshot called NAME.
13890 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
13891 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
13892 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
13894 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
13895 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
13896 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
13897 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
13898 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
13899 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
13900 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
13902 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
13903 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
13905 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
13906 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
13907 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
13908 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
13909 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
13910 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
13912 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
13913 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
13914 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
13916 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
13917 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
13919 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
13920 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
13921 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
13922 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
13923 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
13925 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
13927 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
13928 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
13929 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
13931 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
13932 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
13933 default directory." t nil)
13935 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
13936 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
13937 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
13938 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
13940 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
13941 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
13942 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
13943 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
13945 ;;;***
13947 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
13948 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
13951 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
13952 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
13954 Usage:
13955 ------
13957 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
13958 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
13959 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
13960 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
13961 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
13962 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
13963 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
13964 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
13965 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
13966 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
13967 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
13968 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
13969 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
13970 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
13971 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
13972 The following abbreviations can also be used:
13973 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
13974 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
13975 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
13977 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
13978 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
13979 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
13981 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
13982 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
13983 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
13984 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
13985 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
13986 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
13987 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
13988 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
13989 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
13991 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
13992 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
13993 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
13994 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
13995 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
13996 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
13997 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
13998 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
14000 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
14001 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
14002 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
14004 - COMMENTS:
14005 `--' puts a single comment.
14006 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
14007 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
14008 comment in between.
14009 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
14010 following lines.
14011 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
14012 uncomments a region if already commented out.
14014 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
14015 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
14016 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
14017 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
14018 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
14019 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
14020 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
14021 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
14022 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
14023 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
14024 multi-line comments.
14026 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
14027 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
14028 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
14029 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
14030 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
14031 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
14032 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
14033 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
14034 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
14036 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
14037 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
14038 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
14039 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
14040 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
14041 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
14042 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
14043 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
14044 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
14045 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
14047 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
14048 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
14049 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
14050 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
14051 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
14052 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
14053 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
14054 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
14055 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
14056 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
14057 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
14058 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
14059 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
14061 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
14063 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
14064 menu).
14066 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
14068 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
14069 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
14070 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
14071 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
14072 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
14074 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
14075 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
14076 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
14077 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
14078 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
14079 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
14080 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
14081 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
14082 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
14084 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
14085 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
14086 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
14087 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
14088 specified.
14090 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
14091 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
14092 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
14093 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
14094 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
14095 the current directory for VHDL source files.
14097 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
14098 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
14099 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
14100 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
14101 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
14102 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
14103 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
14104 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
14105 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
14106 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
14107 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
14109 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
14110 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
14111 Math Packages.
14113 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
14114 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
14115 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
14116 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
14117 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
14118 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
14119 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
14120 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
14122 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
14123 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
14124 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
14125 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
14126 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
14127 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
14129 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
14130 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
14131 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
14132 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
14133 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
14135 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
14136 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
14137 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
14138 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
14139 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
14141 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
14142 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
14143 highlighted if written in lower case.
14145 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
14146 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
14147 is non-nil.
14149 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
14150 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
14151 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
14153 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
14154 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
14155 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
14157 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
14158 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
14159 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
14161 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
14162 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
14163 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
14164 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
14165 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
14166 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
14167 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
14169 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
14170 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
14171 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
14172 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
14173 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
14175 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
14176 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
14177 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
14178 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
14180 - HINTS:
14181 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
14184 Maintenance:
14185 ------------
14187 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
14188 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
14190 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
14192 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
14193 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
14194 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
14195 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
14197 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
14198 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
14199 version and release notes can be found.
14202 Bugs and Limitations:
14203 ---------------------
14205 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
14206 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
14207 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
14208 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
14209 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
14210 does not work under XEmacs.
14213 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
14214 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
14216 Key bindings:
14217 -------------
14219 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
14221 ;;;***
14223 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
14224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
14226 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
14227 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
14228 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
14229 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
14231 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
14232 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
14233 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
14234 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
14235 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
14237 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
14238 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
14240 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
14242 * Limitations and unsupported features
14243 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
14244 not supported.
14245 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
14246 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
14248 * Modifications
14249 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
14250 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
14251 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
14252 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
14253 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
14254 for undoing a repeated change command.
14255 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
14256 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
14257 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
14259 * Extensions
14260 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
14261 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
14262 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
14263 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
14264 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
14265 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
14266 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
14267 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
14269 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
14271 ;;;***
14273 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
14274 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
14275 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
14276 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
14277 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
14279 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
14280 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
14282 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
14283 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
14285 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
14286 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
14287 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14288 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
14290 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
14291 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
14293 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
14294 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
14295 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14296 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
14298 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
14299 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
14301 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
14303 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
14305 ;;;***
14307 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
14308 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
14309 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256
14310 ;;;;;; 21984))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
14313 (defvar view-mode nil "\
14314 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
14315 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
14316 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
14318 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
14320 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
14321 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
14322 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14323 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14324 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14325 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14326 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14328 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14330 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
14331 View FILE in View mode in another window.
14332 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
14333 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14334 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14335 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14336 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14337 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14339 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14341 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
14342 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
14343 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
14344 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14345 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14346 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14347 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14348 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14350 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14352 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
14353 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
14354 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14355 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14356 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14357 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14358 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14360 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
14362 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
14363 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
14364 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
14366 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
14367 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
14368 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
14369 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14370 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14371 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14372 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14373 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14375 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
14377 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
14378 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
14379 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
14381 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
14382 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
14383 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
14384 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
14385 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
14386 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
14387 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
14388 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14390 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
14392 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
14393 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
14394 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
14396 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
14397 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
14398 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive.
14400 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
14401 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
14402 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
14403 read-only.
14404 \\<view-mode-map>
14405 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
14406 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
14407 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
14408 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
14409 commands default to a repeat count of one.
14411 H, h, ? This message.
14412 Digits provide prefix arguments.
14413 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
14414 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
14415 > move to the end of buffer.
14416 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
14417 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
14418 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
14419 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
14420 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
14421 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
14422 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
14423 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s).
14424 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s).
14425 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
14426 Use this to view a changing file.
14427 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
14428 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
14429 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
14430 . set the mark.
14431 x exchanges point and mark.
14432 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
14433 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
14434 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
14435 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
14436 ' go to position saved in character register.
14437 s do forward incremental search.
14438 r do reverse incremental search.
14439 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
14440 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
14441 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
14442 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
14443 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
14444 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
14445 p searches backward for last regular expression.
14446 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
14447 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
14448 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
14449 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
14450 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
14451 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
14452 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
14453 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
14455 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
14456 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file],
14457 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the
14458 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by
14459 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file,
14460 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return
14461 to that buffer.
14463 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
14465 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
14466 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
14467 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
14468 `view-return-to-alist'.
14469 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
14470 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
14471 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
14473 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
14474 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
14475 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
14476 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
14477 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
14478 1) nil Do nothing.
14479 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
14480 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
14481 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
14482 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW.
14484 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
14486 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
14488 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
14489 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
14491 ;;;***
14493 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
14494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
14496 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
14497 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
14499 ;;;***
14501 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
14502 ;;;;;; (14367 2196))
14503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
14505 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
14506 Toggle Viper on/off.
14507 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
14509 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
14510 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
14512 ;;;***
14514 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012))
14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
14517 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
14518 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
14520 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
14521 hotlist.
14523 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
14524 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
14526 ;;;***
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
14529 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
14530 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
14532 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
14533 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
14534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14535 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
14537 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
14539 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
14541 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
14543 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
14544 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
14545 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
14546 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
14548 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
14549 and off otherwise." t nil)
14551 ;;;***
14553 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
14554 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
14555 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14364 19064))
14556 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
14558 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
14559 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
14561 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
14562 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
14563 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
14564 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
14565 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
14567 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
14568 and:
14569 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
14570 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
14572 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
14573 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
14575 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
14576 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
14578 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
14579 whitespace problems." t nil)
14581 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
14582 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
14584 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
14585 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
14587 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
14588 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
14590 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
14591 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
14592 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
14593 replaced with TABS).
14594 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
14595 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
14597 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
14599 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
14600 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
14602 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
14603 i - Indentation whitespace.
14604 l - Leading whitespace.
14605 s - Space followed by Tab.
14606 t - Trailing whitespace.
14608 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
14609 !<y>.
14611 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
14612 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
14613 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
14614 always they default to 8.)
14616 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
14617 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
14618 even print it.
14620 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
14621 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
14622 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
14623 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
14624 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
14625 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
14626 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
14627 to set smarttab.)
14629 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
14630 merge problems.
14632 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
14633 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
14634 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
14636 ;;;***
14638 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
14639 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
14640 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
14642 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
14643 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
14645 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
14646 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
14648 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
14649 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
14651 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
14652 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
14653 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14655 ;;;***
14657 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
14658 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14375 20322))
14659 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
14661 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
14662 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
14663 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
14665 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
14666 Create widget of TYPE.
14667 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
14669 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
14670 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
14672 ;;;***
14674 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
14675 ;;;;;; (14304 12320))
14676 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
14678 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
14679 Toggle winner-mode.
14680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14681 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
14683 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14685 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
14687 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
14688 Toggle Winner mode.
14689 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14691 ;;;***
14693 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
14694 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
14695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
14697 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
14698 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
14700 BUGS:
14701 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
14702 are not implemented
14703 - Options for search and replace
14704 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
14705 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
14707 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
14708 Emacs-like.
14710 The key bindings are:
14712 C-a backward-word
14713 C-b fill-paragraph
14714 C-c scroll-up-line
14715 C-d forward-char
14716 C-e previous-line
14717 C-f forward-word
14718 C-g delete-char
14719 C-h backward-char
14720 C-i indent-for-tab-command
14721 C-j help-for-help
14722 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
14723 C-l ws-repeat-search
14724 C-n open-line
14725 C-p quoted-insert
14726 C-r scroll-down-line
14727 C-s backward-char
14728 C-t kill-word
14729 C-u keyboard-quit
14730 C-v overwrite-mode
14731 C-w scroll-down
14732 C-x next-line
14733 C-y kill-complete-line
14734 C-z scroll-up
14736 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
14737 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
14738 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
14739 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
14740 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
14741 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
14742 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
14743 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
14744 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
14745 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
14746 C-k b ws-begin-block
14747 C-k c ws-copy-block
14748 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
14749 C-k f find-file
14750 C-k h ws-show-markers
14751 C-k i ws-indent-block
14752 C-k k ws-end-block
14753 C-k p ws-print-block
14754 C-k q kill-emacs
14755 C-k r insert-file
14756 C-k s save-some-buffers
14757 C-k t ws-mark-word
14758 C-k u ws-exdent-block
14759 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
14760 C-k v ws-move-block
14761 C-k w ws-write-block
14762 C-k x kill-emacs
14763 C-k y ws-delete-block
14765 C-o c wordstar-center-line
14766 C-o b switch-to-buffer
14767 C-o j justify-current-line
14768 C-o k kill-buffer
14769 C-o l list-buffers
14770 C-o m auto-fill-mode
14771 C-o r set-fill-column
14772 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
14773 C-o wd delete-other-windows
14774 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
14775 C-o wo other-window
14776 C-o wv split-window-vertically
14778 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
14779 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
14780 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
14781 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
14782 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
14783 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
14784 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
14785 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
14786 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
14787 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
14788 C-q a ws-query-replace
14789 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
14790 C-q c end-of-buffer
14791 C-q d end-of-line
14792 C-q f ws-search
14793 C-q k ws-to-block-end
14794 C-q l ws-undo
14795 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
14796 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
14797 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
14798 C-q w ws-last-error
14799 C-q y ws-kill-eol
14800 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
14801 " t nil)
14803 ;;;***
14805 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929
14806 ;;;;;; 31262))
14807 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
14809 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
14810 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
14811 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
14813 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
14815 ;;;***
14817 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
14818 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
14819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
14821 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
14822 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
14824 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
14825 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
14827 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
14828 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
14829 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
14831 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
14832 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
14834 ;;;***
14836 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
14837 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
14840 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
14841 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
14843 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
14844 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
14846 Zone-mode does two things:
14848 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
14849 when saving the file
14851 - fontification" t nil)
14853 ;;;***
14855 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated
14856 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely.
14857 ;;; Local Variables:
14858 ;;; version-control: never
14859 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
14860 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
14861 ;;; End:
14862 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here